WO2023279824A1 - Communication method and communication device - Google Patents
Communication method and communication device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023279824A1 WO2023279824A1 PCT/CN2022/090888 CN2022090888W WO2023279824A1 WO 2023279824 A1 WO2023279824 A1 WO 2023279824A1 CN 2022090888 W CN2022090888 W CN 2022090888W WO 2023279824 A1 WO2023279824 A1 WO 2023279824A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mpe
- terminal device
- function
- information
- transmission power
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/04—Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
- H04W52/146—Uplink power control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W8/00—Network data management
- H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
- H04W8/24—Transfer of terminal data
Definitions
- the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
- the transmitting antenna When a terminal device (for example, a mobile phone) is in use, the transmitting antenna will be close to the brain or other parts of the human body.
- a terminal device for example, a mobile phone
- the transmitting antenna will be close to the brain or other parts of the human body.
- MPE maximum permissible exposure
- the terminal device when it adjusts the uplink transmission power according to the MPE, it may cause random access channel (random access channel, RACH) failure, handover failure (handover failure, HOF), radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), Potentially failed successful handovers, and irrational tuning of mobility parameters.
- random access channel random access channel, RACH
- handover failure handover failure
- radio link failure radio link failure, RLF
- Potentially failed successful handovers and irrational tuning of mobility parameters.
- the present application provides a communication method and communication equipment, which can ensure that the network equipment configures the terminal equipment reasonably.
- a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
- the method may include: the terminal device enables a first function, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; the terminal device sends first information to the network device, the first information is after the first function is enabled , determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
- enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may be understood as: the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE.
- the terminal device reduces the uplink transmission power by 3dB, that is, -3dB due to the influence of the MPE; or increases the uplink transmission power by 2dB, that is, +2dB, etc. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
- the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE can also be understood as: the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE.
- the uplink transmission power of the terminal device is X dB when the first function is not enabled. After the first function is enabled, the uplink transmission power is reduced by 3dB due to the influence of the MPE, then the adjusted uplink transmission power is ( X-3) dB. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
- the terminal device enables the first function and sends the first information to the network device, so that the network device can further optimize the transmission efficiency of uplink data and the connection quality of the wireless link when the first function of the terminal device is enabled. , and resource block (resource block, RB) allocation.
- the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom information.
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink beam information affected by the MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled
- the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: The uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after the first function is enabled;
- the uplink beam information affected by the MPE may include at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
- the power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
- PH MPE P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
- P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function
- P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
- the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate that the first function A condition for enabling a function: the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes that the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a nominal hazard zone (nominal hazard zone, NHZ).
- a nominal hazard zone nominal hazard zone, NHZ
- the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the network device to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- the terminal device sending the first information to the network device includes: the terminal device periodically sending the first information to the network device; or when the terminal device adjusts the uplink link according to the first function When the magnitude of the transmission power exceeds the preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
- the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative range reaches 5dB, or when the uplink transmission power is adjusted once and the range is greater than or equal to 5dB, the terminal device records and sends it to the network device.
- the adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative range reaches 5dB, or when the uplink transmission power is adjusted once and the range is greater than or equal to 5dB.
- the terminal device sending the first information to the network device further includes: the terminal device receiving a request message from the network device, where the request message is used to request acquisition of the first information; The terminal device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
- the terminal device may directly send the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device based on the The request message needs to wait until the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold before sending the first information to the network device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
- the method may include: the network device receives first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on, wherein the first function It is used for adjusting the uplink transmission power according to the MPE; the network device adjusts the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the network adjusts the configuration of the terminal device by receiving the first information from the terminal device, and further optimizes the transmission efficiency of the uplink data of the terminal device when the first function is enabled, the connection quality of the wireless link, and Resource block (resource block, RB) allocation.
- the network device adjusting the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information includes: the network device adjusting the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and /or the network device adjusts the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device adjusts the resource of the physical channel of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the adjustment for the configuration of the terminal equipment by the network equipment may be one or more of the following adjustment schemes, such as reducing the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), reducing the number of layers of uplink transmission , configure a new downlink beam, and continue to use the uplink beam if it is not lower than the preset threshold, etc.
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom (power headroom, PH) information
- the MPE function activation information includes at least the following information One: Uplink beam information affected by MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the power headroom PH information includes at least one of the following information: Uplink power headroom affected by MPE . The maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled;
- the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to Indicates the enabling condition of the first function.
- the network device sending the indication information to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the instruction message.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- the network device determines the indication information according to the capability information.
- the receiving the first information from the terminal device by the network device includes: periodically receiving the first information from the terminal device by the network device; or when the When the range of uplink transmission power adjusted by the terminal device according to the first function exceeds a preset threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the network device sends a request message to the terminal device, where the request message is used to request to obtain the first information.
- the network device sending the request message to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the request message to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the request message.
- a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
- the method may include: the terminal device enables a first function, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; the terminal device sends a first mobility report to the network device, and the first mobility report includes the MPE Function activation information.
- the terminal device can record the relevant information of the MPE in the mobility report, so that the network device can know whether the handover failure or the radio link failure is caused by the opening of the MPE through the mobility report, so that it can accurately Configure mobility parameters to reduce the occurrence of mobility parameter configuration errors.
- the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after adjusting the uplink transmission power, the terminal device detects a handover failure HOF or a radio link failure RLF, and record the first mobility report.
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
- the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate that the A condition for enabling the first function: the terminal device activates the first function according to the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
- the method may include: the network device receives a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function activation information, the MPE function activation information is determined according to a first function, and the first function is used to The maximum allowable radiation amount MPE adjusts uplink transmission power; the network device configures a first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
- the network device can know whether the handover failure or the radio link failure is caused by the opening of the MPE, so that the mobility parameters can be accurately configured and the occurrence of mobility parameter configuration errors can be reduced .
- the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to Indicates the enabling condition of the first function.
- the network device sending the indication information to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the instruction message.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the network device determines the Instructions.
- the carrying manner of the first information, capability information, indication information, request message, etc. involved in this application may be but not limited to: wireless resource One or a combination of control signaling and media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling.
- the radio resource control signaling includes radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling
- the MAC layer signaling includes MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE) signaling
- scheduling information can be carried in the physical layer (physical, In the PHY signaling, the physical layer signaling includes downlink control information (DCI) signaling and the like.
- a communication device including: a processing unit, configured for a terminal device to enable a first function, and the first function is configured to adjust uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a transceiver unit, configured for the terminal device to send The network device sends first information, where the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
- the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom information
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: The affected uplink beam information, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled
- the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: the uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the terminal device in The maximum uplink transmission power after the first function is enabled;
- the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
- the power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
- PH MPE P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
- P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function
- P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate to enable the first function, and/or The indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function; the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to enable the first function according to the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- the transceiver unit is further configured to: the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or when the terminal device transmits the first information according to the first function When the magnitude of the adjusted uplink transmission power exceeds the preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
- the transceiving unit is further configured to: the terminal device receives a request message from the network device, where the request message is used to request to acquire the first information; the terminal The device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
- a communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to receive first information from a terminal device, where the first information is adjusted according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is enabled.
- the uplink transmission power is determined, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE; the processing unit is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the processing unit is further used for the network device to adjust the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device according to the first information
- the information adjusts the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device, and/or the network device adjusts the resource of the physical channel of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom PH information
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: The affected uplink beam information, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled
- the power headroom PH information includes at least one of the following information: the uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the terminal device in The maximum uplink transmission power after the first function is enabled;
- the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
- the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and /or the indication information is used to indicate the enabling condition of the first function.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the The processing unit is further used for the network device to determine the indication information according to the capability information.
- the transceiver unit is further used for the network device to periodically receive the first information from the terminal device; or when the terminal device receives the first information according to the first function When the magnitude of the adjusted uplink transmission power exceeds a preset threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to send a request message to the terminal device, where the request message is used to request to acquire the first information.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the request message to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the request message.
- a communication device including: a processing unit, configured for a terminal device to activate a first function, and the first function is configured to adjust uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a transceiver unit, configured for the terminal device to send The network device sends a first mobility report, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enablement information.
- the processing unit is further configured to: the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after the uplink transmission power is adjusted, the terminal device detects Handover failure HOF or radio link failure RLF, and record the first mobility report.
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or The indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function; the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to enable the first function according to the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- a communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to receive a first mobility report from a terminal device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function activation information, and the MPE function activation information is based on the first A function is determined, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a processing unit is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
- the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
- the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and /or the indication information is used to indicate the enabling condition of the first function.
- the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the indication information.
- the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the The processing unit is further used for the network device to determine the indication information according to the capability information.
- a terminal device including a processor, and optionally, a memory
- the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
- the memory is used to store a computer program
- the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the terminal device executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect methods in methods.
- processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
- the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
- the terminal device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
- a network device including a processor, and optionally, a memory
- the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
- the memory is used to store a computer program
- the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the network device executes the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, so that the network device executes the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect method in .
- processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
- the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
- the network device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
- a communication device including: various modules or units for implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or for implementing the second aspect or the second aspect
- a communication system including: a terminal device, configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or to execute the above third aspect or the third aspect A method in any possible implementation manner; and a network device, configured to execute the method in the second aspect above or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or to execute the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspect above Methods in Possible Implementations.
- a computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or codes, and when the computer programs or codes run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first.
- a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation
- the terminal device with the system-on-a-chip executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device installed with the chip system execute the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect
- the method in the way, and make the network device installed with the chip system execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or make the network device installed with the chip system execute the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect A method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
- the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
- a computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a computer, execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect , execute the method in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, execute the above third aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the third aspect, and execute the fourth aspect or any of the fourth aspects method in one possible implementation.
- a communication method and a communication device are provided for the user equipment (user equipment, UE) to reduce the uplink (uplink, UL) power after adjusting the transmission power through the MPE, and to report the MPE function activation information by introducing the UE .
- the mechanism of PH information enables network equipment to further optimize uplink scheduling and resource allocation.
- the UE can record or not record the MPE-related mobility report mechanism, which can prevent the network device from being configured incorrectly due to the mobility problem caused by the MPE.
- Reasonable mobility parameters That is to solve the RACH problem, RLF problem, potential failed successful handover problem caused by the low UL power of the UE after MPE adjustment, and the problem of unreasonable adjustment of mobility parameters by network equipment.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which this application is applied.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a network architecture applicable to the present application.
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a comparison before and after a UE applying the present application adjusts transmit power according to the MPE.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing an example of calculation of the power headroom PH before and after the UE adjusts the transmission power according to the MPE.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication device to which this application is applied.
- Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication device to which this application is applied.
- long term evolution long term evolution
- LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
- 5G new air interface
- WIFI wireless Fidelity
- 3GPP third generation partnership project
- the mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), vehicle networking (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, for example, vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) communication, vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc., vehicle-to-vehicle communication long-term evolution technology (long term evolution-vehicle, LTE-V), vehicle networking, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), machine to machine (M2M), etc.
- D2D device to device
- M2M machine to machine
- MTC machine type Communication
- V2X vehicle networking
- NTN non-terrestrial networks
- future communication systems etc.
- This application is not limited to this.
- the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, Wireless communication devices, user agents or user devices, soft terminals, etc., including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems.
- the terminal can be a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a subscriber unit (subscriber unit), a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, a tablet Computers, wireless modems (modems), handheld devices (handsets), laptop computers (laptop computers), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminals, etc.
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a mobile phone, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in a smart city, wireless terminals in a smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop , WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld terminal, notebook computer, cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, terminal equipment in the future 5G network, Or the terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
- a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device
- industrial control industrial Wireless terminals in
- the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) system.
- IoT Internet of things
- Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection. It should be understood that the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
- the network device in the embodiment of this application is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide a wireless communication function for a terminal device.
- the device includes but is not limited to: radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home nodeB, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP) in the wireless fidelity system ), etc., it can also be a gNB or a transmission point (TRP or TP) in a 5G (such as NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be an antenna panel that constitutes A gNB or a network node of a transmission point, such as a baseband unit BBU,
- the network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., and may be evolved base stations (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system. ), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, wearable device or vehicle-mounted device, wearable device and future 5G Network equipment in the network or network equipment in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
- cloud radio access network cloud radio access network, CRAN
- the network device can be a relay station, access point, wearable device or vehicle-mounted device, wearable device and future 5G Network equipment in the network or network equipment in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
- PLMN public land mobile network
- the network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources) allocated by the network device.
- the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
- Small cells can include: metro cells, micro cells, pico cells, femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for To provide high-speed data transmission services.
- the network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network device.
- the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), or It may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, and the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, etc., these Small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
- FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 101 in the 5G system shown in Figure 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, as shown in Figure 1 Terminal devices 102 to 107. Wherein, the terminal devices 102 to 107 may be mobile or fixed. Each of the network device 101 and one or more of the terminal devices 102 to 107 may communicate via a wireless link.
- Each network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located within the coverage area. For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the network device may send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the network device 101 and the terminal devices 102 to 107 in FIG. 1 constitute a communication system.
- terminal devices can communicate directly with each other.
- D2D technology and the like can be used to realize direct communication between terminal devices.
- the D2D technology can be used for direct communication between the terminal devices 105 and 106 and between the terminal devices 105 and 107.
- Terminal device 106 and terminal device 107 may communicate with terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
- Terminals 105 to 107 can also each communicate with network device 101 .
- it can directly communicate with the network device 101, as shown in the figure, the terminal devices 105 and 106 can directly communicate with the network device 101; it can also communicate indirectly with the network device 101, as shown in the figure, the terminal device 107 communicates with the network device via the terminal device 105 101 communications.
- FIG. 1 shows a network device, multiple terminal devices, and communication links between communication devices.
- the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, for example, more or fewer terminal devices. This application does not limit this.
- Each of the aforementioned communication devices may be configured with multiple antennas.
- the plurality of antennas may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals.
- each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, and those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they all include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (for example, processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.) device, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the network device and the terminal device can communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
- the wireless communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, to which this embodiment of the present application is not limited.
- network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, to which this embodiment of the present application is not limited.
- FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
- Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node .
- Centralized unit CU nodes can be divided into control plane CU nodes (CU-CP nodes) and user plane CU nodes (CU-UP nodes).
- CU-CP is responsible for control plane functions, mainly including radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP)-C.
- PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, data transmission, etc.
- CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) and PDCP-U.
- SDAP is mainly responsible for processing core network data and mapping flows to bearers.
- PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of the data plane, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc.
- CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through E1 interface.
- the CU-CP represents the connection between the CU and the core network through the Ng interface. Connect with DU through F1-C (control plane). CU-UP is connected to DU through F1-U (user plane). Optionally, PDCP-C can also be in CU-UP.
- the network device and the terminal device include a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling interaction module, a media access control (media access control, MAC) signaling interaction module, and a physical (physical, PHY) ) signaling interaction module.
- RRC radio resource control
- MAC media access control
- PHY physical (physical, PHY)
- the RRC signaling interaction module may be: a module used by the network device and the terminal device for sending and receiving RRC signaling.
- the MAC signaling interaction module may be: a module for the network device and the terminal device to send and receive media access control-control element (media access control-control element, MACCE) signaling.
- the PHY signaling and data interaction module may be: a module for network devices and terminal devices to send and receive uplink control signaling or downlink control signaling, uplink and downlink data or downlink data.
- the communication system may further include a core network device, which may be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network devices, and may distribute data received from the network side (for example, the Internet) to access network equipment.
- a core network device which may be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network devices, and may distribute data received from the network side (for example, the Internet) to access network equipment.
- the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application Communication is enough.
- the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program; or can be used in a terminal device Or a component of a network device (such as a chip or a circuit).
- various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
- article of manufacture covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media.
- computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.).
- magnetic storage devices e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.
- optical disks e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.
- smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.
- various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
- the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
- MPE Maximum permissible exposure
- This type of allowable value can be represented by the field quantity or power density (power density, PD) of the electromagnetic field.
- PD power density
- the safe value of MPE is formulated so that the corresponding specific absorption rate (SAR) value cannot exceed its limit no matter what the exposure conditions are.
- SAR specific absorption rate
- safety standards are usually represented by MPE.
- the FCC MPE can be limited to 1 milliwatt per square centimeter (mW/cm2).
- the MPE can also be used to measure whether the radiation intensity of the terminal equipment exceeds the safety standard.
- Theoretical hazard zone (nominal hazard zone, NHZ): The area determined according to the beam emission angle, emission power, and beam diameter. In this area, the transmit power of the UE exceeds the requirement of the MPE. Therefore, if the UE detects that there are people in the area, the UE needs to adjust the transmission power to meet the requirements of the MPE. For example, the UE can reduce the transmission power or even turn off the transmission beam.
- MRO mobility robustness optimization
- At least one of the following failure information is included in the record report of the current MRO (which may be referred to as a radio link failure report RLF report):
- failedPcellID the information of the cell where the UE detected RLF, or the information of the target cell where the handover failed
- connectionFailureType radio link failure RLF or handover failure (handover failure, HOF) or timer expiration (the timer is the timer started after the UE sends the measurement report, such as T312);
- previousPCellId the information of the source cell that the UE received the handover command last time.
- reestablishmentCellId information about the cell that initiates re-establishment after the connection fails
- timeConnFailure the time from the last receipt of the handover (handover, HO) command to the connection failure
- timeSinceFailure the length of time to start recording when the connection fails. Generally, it refers to the time from connection failure to reporting RLF-report.
- the cell information may include a cell global identity (CGI), and/or a physical cell ID+frequency (physical cell ID+frequency, PCI+freq).
- the RLF report may also carry the cell quality of each cell, such as the failed cell and/or the cell quality of a neighboring cell when a failure is detected.
- the cell information may also include cell measurement results.
- the UE when the UE fails to connect, the UE will record the RLF report; when the UE fails to connect again, the UE clears the previously recorded RLF report and records the latest RLF report;
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a comparison before and after a UE applying the present application adjusts transmit power according to the MPE.
- the theoretical danger zone NHZ is determined according to the beam angle, transmit power, and beam diameter. Can cause radiation damage to the human body.
- the transmit power E of the UE is greater than the requirement of the MPE, radiation damage to the human body will occur. Therefore, if the UE detects that there are people in the area, the UE needs to adjust the transmission power to meet the requirements of the MPE, for example, the UE can reduce the transmission power or even turn off the transmission beam.
- this application is applicable to the UE having the capability of autonomously adjusting transmit power according to the MPE.
- the UE when the UE detects a person (or object) in the theoretical danger zone NHZ, the UE will automatically reduce the UL power so that the person (or object) is exposed to radio frequency radiation that is harmless to the human body, that is, the UE transmit power E should be less than or equal to the maximum allowable radiation dose.
- the UE transmit power E should be less than or equal to the maximum allowable radiation dose.
- reducing the UL transmit power of the UE may cause the following problems:
- the UE If the UE records and reports the RLF report corresponding to the RACH failure, or the successful handover report generated by the successful handover of the potential failure, it will cause the network device to mistakenly believe that it is the impact of mobility (for example, the position of the UE or the human body changes ) to adjust the mobility parameters, and then cause the mobility parameters to be inconsistent with the actual situation, because these problems may be caused by UE UL power adjustment.
- mobility for example, the position of the UE or the human body changes
- the network device allocates resource blocks (resource blocks, RB) to the UE according to the power headroom (PH) value of the UE.
- PH power headroom
- the UE adjusts the UL transmit power according to the MPE requirements. For example, the UE reduces the UL transmit power, which may lead to UL failure (RACH failure due to too low UL power during UE handover, which in turn leads to handover failure HOF) or radio link failure RLF (RLF caused by too low UL power, such as the maximum number of RLC retransmissions or RACH failures, etc.), may also cause potential failed successful handover problems; if the UE records the corresponding RLF report or successful handover report, it will cause the network Incorrectly tuned mobility parameters.
- RACH failure due to too low UL power during UE handover, which in turn leads to handover failure HOF
- RLF radio link failure caused by too low UL power, such as the maximum number of RLC retransmissions or RACH failures, etc.
- RLF radio link failure
- the present application provides a communication method and a communication device.
- the UE reports the MPE-related information and the power headroom PH related information to the base station when the UE performs the MPE function.
- the information mechanism enables the network device to further optimize uplink scheduling and resource allocation; and, after the UE performs the MPE function, and detects the RLF caused by HOF/or UL failure, the UE can record or not record the MPE-related mobility report mechanism, In this way, it is possible to prevent the network device from configuring unreasonable mobility parameters due to the mobility problem caused by the MPE. That is to solve the RACH problem, RLF problem, potential failed successful handover problem caused by the low UL power of the UE after MPE adjustment, and the problem of unreasonable adjustment of mobility parameters by network equipment.
- “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
- “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
- the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character “/” indicates that the contextual objects are a "division” Relationship.
- "for indicating” may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating.
- indication information for indicating A it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
- specific indication manners may also be various existing indication manners, such as but not limited to, the above indication manners and various combinations thereof.
- various indication manners reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated herein. It can be known from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, there may be a situation where different information is indicated in different ways.
- the required indication method can be selected according to the specific needs.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering the There are various methods by which a party can obtain the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different, and this application does not limit the specific sending method.
- the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, pre-defined according to a protocol, or may be configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device.
- the configuration information may be, for example but not limited to: one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling, and physical layer signaling.
- the radio resource control signaling includes: radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling;
- the MAC layer signaling includes: MAC control element (control element, CE);
- the physical layer signaling includes: downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) and so on.
- the "protocol” involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and the specific implementation step 400 includes:
- the terminal device enables the first function.
- the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE.
- enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the MPE needs to be obtained before the terminal device enables the first function. Moreover, after enabling the first function, the terminal device also needs to compare its own transmission power with the MPE, and then adjust the uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
- the MPE may be predefined by the protocol, or the network device notifies the terminal device of the maximum allowable radiation that the cell can withstand, etc., which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
- the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the terminal device starts the first function.
- the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may be understood as: the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE.
- the terminal device reduces the uplink transmission power by 3dB, that is, -3dB due to the influence of the MPE; or increases the uplink transmission power by 2dB, that is, +2dB, etc. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
- the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may also be understood as: the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE.
- the uplink transmission power of the terminal device is X dB when the first function is not enabled. After the first function is enabled, the uplink transmission power is reduced by 3dB due to the influence of the MPE, then the adjusted uplink transmission power is ( X-3) dB. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
- the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power according to the MPE, for example, the uplink transmission power is reduced, so that the MPE function activation information and/or the power headroom PH information changes, and then determine received the first information.
- the first information may include MPE function enablement information and/or power headroom information.
- the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink beam information affected by the MPE, maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after the first function is enabled, and the like.
- the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
- the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the like.
- the uplink power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
- PH MPE P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
- P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function
- P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device. And, the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
- the indication information may be 1 bit indication information used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function.
- the condition for enabling the first function may include: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the enabling condition may also include that within the first period of time, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the NHZ.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application. That is, if the terminal device detects people and/or objects in the NHZ within 5 ms consecutively, then the terminal device needs to enable the first function, and adjust its own uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
- the terminal device can generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and start to adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds 5 ms. If the end device detects that there is no person or object in the NHZ when the timer has not exceeded 5ms, the timer will be reset.
- the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the indication information may be sent periodically, or the indication information may be unicast or broadcast. This application does not specifically limit it.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the network device.
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device. Moreover, in a case that the network device itself has an MPE-related function, it determines indication information for instructing the terminal device to enable the first function according to the capability information.
- the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- indicating whether the terminal device supports the ability of the MPE to adjust the transmit power may be 1-bit indication information. The decision right of this 1 bit depends on the hardware condition of the terminal device, indicating whether the terminal device has this capability. For example, whether the terminal device has the ability to detect whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and whether it can determine whether the obstruction is a human body; if it cannot detect, it cannot determine whether there is a person in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- the terminal device can report the capability information to the network device during initial access; during the handover process, the source network device can also send the MPE-related functions of the terminal device to the target network device, for example, in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the handover request information handover request message
- the sending and receiving of the first information may include the following possible implementations:
- the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device.
- the network device periodically receives the first information from the terminal device; or,
- the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
- the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative amplitude reaches 5dB, or when the single adjustment of the uplink transmission power is greater than or equal to 5dB, it needs to record and send to the network device The adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power.
- the network device sends a request message to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the request message from the network device. And, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
- the request message is used to request to obtain the first information
- the network device sends the request information to the terminal device, and the request information may be sent periodically, or unicast or broadcast the request information. This application does not specifically limit it.
- the terminal device may directly send the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device based on the For the request message, the first information and the like need not be sent to the network device until the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold.
- This application does not specifically limit it.
- the network device adjusts the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the network device may adjust the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device may adjust the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device may adjust the configuration of the terminal device's uplink beam according to the first information Physical channel resources, etc.
- This application does not specifically limit it.
- the adjustment of the network device to the terminal device configuration may be one or more of the following adjustment schemes, such as reducing the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), reducing the number of layers of uplink transmission, Configure a new downlink beam, and continue to use the uplink beam if it is not lower than the preset threshold.
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- the terminal device sends the first information to the network device after enabling the first function and adjusting the uplink transmission power, so that the network device adjusts the terminal device according to the first information after receiving the first information.
- Configuration This can further optimize uplink data transmission efficiency, wireless link connection quality, resource block (resource block, RB) allocation, etc. of the terminal device when the first function is enabled.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and the specific implementation step 500 includes:
- the terminal device enables the first function.
- the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE.
- enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the MPE needs to be obtained before the terminal device enables the first function. Moreover, after enabling the first function, the terminal device also needs to compare its own transmission power with the MPE, and then adjust the uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
- the MPE may be predefined by the protocol, or the network device notifies the terminal device of the maximum allowable radiation that the cell can withstand, etc., which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the terminal device sends a first mobility report to the network device.
- the network device receives the first mobility report from the terminal device.
- the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
- the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after adjusting the uplink transmission power, the terminal device detects a handover failure HOF or a radio link failure RLF, and records the first mobility report.
- the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when HOF or RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to MPE, according to The uplink transmission power value adjusted by the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before HOF or RLF.
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device. And, the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
- the indication information may be 1 bit indication information used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function.
- the condition for enabling the first function may include: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ.
- the enabling condition may also include that within the first period of time, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the NHZ.
- the first period of time may be 5 ms, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application. That is, if the terminal device detects people and/or objects in the NHZ within 5 ms consecutively, then the terminal device needs to enable the first function, and adjust its own uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
- the terminal device can generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and start to adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds 5 ms. If the end device detects that there is no person or object in the NHZ when the timer has not exceeded 5ms, the timer will be reset.
- the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the indication information may be sent periodically, or the indication information may be unicast or broadcast. This application does not specifically limit it.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the network device.
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device. Moreover, in a case that the network device itself has an MPE-related function, it determines indication information for instructing the terminal device to enable the first function according to the capability information.
- the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
- indicating whether the terminal device supports the ability of the MPE to adjust the transmit power may be 1-bit indication information. The decision right of this 1 bit depends on the hardware condition of the terminal device, indicating whether the terminal device has this capability. For example, whether the terminal device has the ability to detect whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and whether it can determine whether the obstruction is a human body; if it cannot detect, it cannot determine whether there is a person in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- the terminal device can report the capability information to the network device during initial access; during the handover process, the source network device can also send the MPE-related functions of the terminal device to the target network device, for example, in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the handover request information handover request message
- the sending and receiving of the first mobility report may include the following possible implementation manners:
- the terminal device periodically sends the first mobility report to the network device.
- the network device periodically receives the first mobility report from the terminal device; or,
- the terminal device records and sends the first mobility report to the network device.
- the network device receives the first mobility report from the terminal device.
- the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative amplitude reaches 5dB, or when the single adjustment of the uplink transmission power is greater than or equal to 5dB, it needs to record and send to the network device The adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power.
- the network device sends a request message to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the request message from the network device. And, the terminal device sends the first mobility report to the network device according to the request message.
- the request message is used to request to obtain the first mobility report
- the network device sends the request information to the terminal device, and the request information may be sent periodically, or unicast or broadcast the request information. This application does not specifically limit it.
- the terminal device may directly send the first mobility report to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first mobility report to the network device; or, Based on the request message, the terminal device needs to wait until the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold before sending the first mobility report and the like to the network device.
- This application does not specifically limit it.
- the network device configures a first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
- the mobility parameter may include a threshold value (threshold value) for triggering handover, and the like.
- the base station may consider that the handover failure is caused by the premature handover of the UE. Then, the base station will increase the handover threshold, which will increase the handover difficulty of the UE, which in turn will cause the handover time to be later. Details of the specific configuration of the mobility parameters may refer to the prior art, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the terminal device records the information of the MPE in the mobility report, which allows the network device to determine whether the HOF or RLF failure is due to the MPE after receiving the mobility report from the terminal device. cause; in this way, the network device can configure reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device in a targeted manner.
- the terminal device reports the MPE function activation information, so that the network device further optimizes and adjusts the uplink scheduling and resource allocation of the terminal device according to the MPE function activation information.
- the specific implementation step 600 includes:
- a terminal device for example, UE
- a network device for example, a base station
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
- the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
- the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information.
- the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
- the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
- the base station after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capability reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports the MPE-related function, but also consider whether itself has the MPE-related function. which is:
- the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE will not enable the MPE function.
- the base station may not directly send the indication information to the UE, so that the UE will not enable the MPE-related function after not receiving the indication information.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
- the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition information It may be a time T, which is used to indicate that when the UE detects someone in the NHZ, a timer is generated, and when the value of the timer exceeds T, the UL power is adjusted according to the MPE requirement. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
- step S620 when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
- the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
- the UE finds people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power.
- this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function.
- the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
- the UE when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
- the terminal device sends the MPE function enabling information to the network device.
- the network device receives the MPE function activation information from the terminal device.
- the UE if the UE enables the MPE function and performs UL power adjustment, such as reducing UL transmission power. Then the UE reports to the base station relevant information after adjusting the UL power according to the MPE requirements, which may include at least one of the following information:
- Affected UL beam information (if the UE behaves at the beam level);
- indicating the UL beam information does not accurately indicate the ID of the uplink beam, and needs to be implicitly indicated through the DL/UL association relationship. For example, use the ID of the DL beam associated with the UL beam to indicate the UL beam.
- the UE may directly explicitly indicate the ID of the UL beam to the base station.
- the transmit power of the UE will also be adjusted according to the requirements of the MPE, so the UE needs to periodically report the relevant information after the MPE function is enabled; or the increase or decrease of the UE transmit power
- the UE is triggered to record MPE-related function information, or to report based on a request message from the base station.
- the request message can be periodically sent to the UE by the base station in a broadcast or unicast manner.
- the network device optimizes resource configuration according to the MPE function enabling information.
- the optimal resource configuration here may be to adjust the UE's UL beam configuration, and/or change the UE's uplink scheduling, which depends on the affected UL beam information and/or in the MPE function activation information reported by the UE in step S630 above After the MPE function is enabled, the maximum transmission power of UE UL.
- the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) during the uplink can be reduced, so as to reduce the modulation order and ensure the correct transmission of the uplink data.
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- SDM space division multiplexing
- the base station can configure a new downlink Beam beam, so as to avoid using the blocked UL beam, and resume its normal use until the next time the beam is no longer affected by the MPE.
- the base station can choose to use the beam normally, or There is an option to reconfigure the new beam.
- the network device can know whether the UE has enabled the MPE function, as well as information related to the activation of the MPE function, and the network device can monitor the wireless links affected by the MPE according to the information related to the activation of the MPE function. Make optimization adjustments to improve the efficiency of the upward transmission.
- the terminal device reports PH information, so that the network device further performs uplink scheduling and resource allocation of the terminal device according to the PH information. Optimization and tuning. For example, when a terminal device enables MPE-related functions, adjusting the UE UL power according to MPE requirements may affect the calculation of the PH value.
- the terminal device can report the impact, that is, update the calculation of the PH according to the influence of the MPE, and the network device Therefore, RB resources can be allocated to the terminal equipment more reasonably according to the updated PH value, so as to avoid allocating a large amount of resources to the terminal equipment affected by the MPE restriction.
- the specific implementation step 700 includes:
- a terminal device for example, UE
- a network device for example, a base station
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
- the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
- the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information.
- the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
- the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
- the base station after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
- the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE will not enable the MPE function.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
- the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition information It may be a time T, which is used to indicate that when the UE detects someone in the NHZ, a timer is generated, and when the value of the timer exceeds T, the UL power is adjusted according to the MPE requirement. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
- step S620 when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. After the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
- the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
- the UE finds people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power.
- this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function.
- the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
- the UE when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
- the content recorded and reported by the UE may be the UL PH or the maximum transmit power of the UE, and such information may be used by the network device to update the calculation of the PH value of the UE.
- P max is the maximum transmission power of the UE without being affected by MPE
- P PUSCH is the transmission power of PUSCH, which is changed to:
- Power Headroom MPE P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
- P max_MPE is the UE maximum transmission power after the MEP function is enabled
- P PUSCH_MPE is the PUSCH transmission power affected by the MEP, and the transmission power is determined by the relative position of the UE and the human body.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing an example of PH value calculation before and after the UE adjusts the transmit power according to the MPE.
- Power Headroom P max -P PUSCH ; after the UE adjusts the transmission power according to the MPE, the human body is not in the NHZ area. At this time, both P max and P PUSCH change due to the influence of the MPE. If the UE does not update and report the PH calculation method and PH value in time, the network device may allocate unreasonable resources to the UE.
- the relative position between the UE and the human body is constantly changing, it can be triggered periodically or by an event to measure and report the UL power headroom report PH of the UE or the maximum transmit power of the UE. For event-triggered situations, it can be triggered to measure and report the UL PH or the maximum transmit power of the UE only when the range of the UE’s power adjustment (increase or decrease) exceeds a certain threshold due to MPE.
- the threshold for triggering measurement is 1dB
- the original maximum transmit power of UE UL is 15dB
- the maximum transmit power of UE UL drops to 13.5dB, then the measurement of UL PH and report.
- the network device may send a request message to the UE to request the UE to measure and report the current PH value, which may or may not be affected by the MPE influences. Then, the network device allocates RB resources according to the latest PH value.
- the terminal device sends PH related information to the network device.
- the network device receives PH-related information from the terminal device.
- the terminal device may report PH-related information affected by the MPE through a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR).
- a power headroom report power headroom report, PHR.
- the network device optimizes resource allocation according to the pH value.
- the UE when the UE enables the MPE-related functions, the UE can update the PH calculation method according to the MPE impact and report it, and the network device can allocate RBs to the UE more reasonably according to the updated PH value resources to avoid allocating large amounts of resources to UEs affected by MPE constraints.
- the specific implementation step 900 includes:
- a terminal device for example, UE
- a network device for example, a base station
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
- the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
- the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information.
- the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
- the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
- the base station after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
- the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable MPE-related functions.
- the UE will not enable the MPE function.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
- the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition The information may be a time T, which is used to instruct the UE to generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds T. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
- step S620 when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
- the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
- the UE detects people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power according to the MPE requirements.
- this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function.
- the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
- the UE when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
- the terminal device detects RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure.
- HOF and/or RLF exist because the UE reduces the uplink transmission power after enabling the MPE function. Then, the UE generates an RLF report and sends the RLF report to the network device.
- the RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure may be caused by reducing the UL transmit power because the UE needs to meet the MPE conditions; and/or HOF or RLF may also be caused by the poor link quality during uplink transmission at that time , this application does not specifically limit it.
- the terminal device records information about enabling the MPE function.
- the UE After the UE enables the MEP function, if it detects HOF or RLF caused by UL failure, the UE can record MPE information, including at least one of the following information:
- the UE adjusts the value of the UL transmit power due to the MPE; correspondingly, it can report the UE UL power headroom PH, or the maximum transmit power of the UE.
- the MPE-related information indicates that the UE has not adjusted the UL transmission power according to the MPE, then the HOF or RLF this time has nothing to do with the MPE, and it may be caused by the movement of the UE or the human body, or the link quality at that time Poor results; if the MPE-related information records that the UE adjusted the UL transmit power according to the MPE, it is considered that the HOF or RLF may be related to the MPE, and the UE can choose to only record the UL power reduction value when it is adjusted by the MPE power.
- the greater the value of reducing the UL transmit power according to the MPE requirement the higher the degree of correlation between HOF or RLF and MPE.
- the value of the UL transmit power reduction may be calculated in various manners, such as P max -P MAX_MPE .
- the UE may take the value of the last successful UL transmission power of the UE as a reference, and record the UL transmission power when HOF/RLF is detected for comparison.
- the terminal device sends a mobility report to the network device.
- the network device receives the mobility report from the terminal device.
- the mobility report includes MPE related information.
- UE For HOF or RLF failure, UE has countermeasures, such as performing cell reselection. When the UE and the base station can communicate normally, the UE will send a mobility report to the base station.
- the network device configures reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device according to the mobility report.
- the mobility parameter may include a threshold value (threshold value) for triggering handover, and the like.
- the base station may consider that the handover failure is caused by the premature handover of the UE. Then, the base station will increase the handover threshold, which will increase the handover difficulty of the UE, which in turn will cause the handover time to be later. Details of the specific configuration of the mobility parameters may refer to the prior art, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the terminal device records the information of the MPE in the mobility report, which allows the network device to determine whether the HOF or RLF failure is due to the MPE after receiving the mobility report from the terminal device. cause; in this way, the network device can configure reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device in a targeted manner.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of the method applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- the difference from the above method 900 is that the terminal device does not record the mobility report related to the MPE, so that the network device can completely avoid configuring unreasonable mobility parameters .
- the network device when the UE activates the MPE function, the mobility problem caused by its HOF or RLF may be related to the MPE, and the UE does not directly record the mobility report during this period. Then, when the network device does not receive the mobility report, it can completely avoid configuring unreasonable mobility parameters because it does not know the information of the MPE.
- the network device will not know other factors that cause HOF or RLF, and will not configure reasonable mobility parameters, which will have a certain impact on UE transmission on the communication link.
- the specific implementation step 1000 includes:
- a terminal device for example, UE
- a network device for example, a base station
- the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
- the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
- the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
- whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information.
- the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
- the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
- the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
- the base station after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
- the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE will not enable the MPE function.
- the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
- the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition The information may be a time T, which is used to instruct the UE to generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds T. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
- step S620 when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
- the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
- the UE detects people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power according to the MPE requirements.
- this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
- the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function.
- the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
- the UE when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
- the terminal device detects RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure.
- the RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure may be caused by reducing the UL transmit power because the UE needs to meet the MPE conditions; and/or HOF or RLF may also be caused by the poor link quality during uplink transmission at that time .
- the UE has countermeasures, such as performing cell reselection.
- the terminal device does not record the mobility report.
- the UE UL power drops due to the MPE If not, it is considered that the mobility problem has nothing to do with the MPE, and the mobility report can be recorded. If If yes, the UE chooses not to record the mobility report.
- the cases where the UE does not record the corresponding mobility report include:
- the UE if the mobility problem caused by the UL failure problem is detected, it can be judged first whether the UE UL transmit power has been adjusted according to the MPE requirements, thereby resulting in a decrease in the UE UL transmit power. If not, it is considered that the mobility problem is not related to the MPE, and the UE may record the mobility report; if yes, it is considered that the mobility problem is related to the MPE, and the UE may not record the mobility report.
- the UE does not record the corresponding mobility report:
- this embodiment of the present application may also choose not to judge whether the UL power of the UE is reduced due to the MPE, and the UE does not record all mobility reports during the period when the MPE is turned on. Then, it will never happen that the network device is configured with unreasonable mobility parameters.
- the terminal device needs to communicate with the network device to detect whether the HOF/RLF problem still exists.
- the UE has a strategy to deal with HOF or RLF failure, such as cell reselection, etc., and the mobility report will not be sent until the UE and the base station can communicate normally.
- the network device will not be configured with unreasonable mobility parameters due to the MPE.
- the influence of MPE accounts for a part of the reason, and the reasons for this part of MPE are also ignored in this implementation.
- the mechanism for reporting MPE information by the UE the mechanism for recording MPE information in the mobility report by the UE, and the mechanism for reporting PH information by the UE are respectively introduced , and introduce a mechanism that the UE does not record MPE-related mobility reports, so as to ensure that the UE can update the UE's UL configuration in time according to the MPE, or prevent the network device from incorrectly adjusting mobility parameters due to mobility problems caused by the MPE.
- the communication method-side embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 .
- the device-side embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 .
- the descriptions of the method embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the device embodiments. Therefore, for parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
- Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communications device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200 .
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments, for example, may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) configured in the terminal device.
- a component such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send first information to a network device, and the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send a first mobility report to a network device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 400/500/600/800/900 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a method for executing the method 400 in FIG. Units of the method executed by the terminal device in the method 500 in FIG. 6 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 .
- each unit in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG.
- the corresponding flow of the method 900 in 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 are respectively intended to implement the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG.
- the corresponding flow of the method 900 in 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 are respectively intended to implement the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500
- the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
- the processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
- the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It can be realized by the integrated processor, microprocessor or integrated circuit on the chip or chip system.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiments, for example, may be a network device, or a component configured in the network device (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on Yes, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE;
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information, and the MPE function enabling information is determined according to the first function, The first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
- the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the method 400/500/600/800/900 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a method for executing the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method in FIG. 5 The elements of the method executed by the network device in the method 500 of FIG. 6 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 .
- each unit in the communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG.
- the corresponding flow of the method 900 in 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 are respectively intended to implement the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG.
- the corresponding flow of the method 900 in 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 are respectively intended to implement the method 400
- the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
- the processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
- the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It can be realized by the integrated processor, microprocessor or integrated circuit on the chip or chip system.
- Fig. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 2000 includes a processor 2010 , a transceiver 2020 and a memory 2030 .
- the processor 2010, the transceiver 2020 and the memory 2030 communicate with each other through an internal connection path
- the memory 2030 is used to store instructions
- the processor 2010 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030 to control the transceiver 2020 to send signals and /or to receive a signal.
- the communication device 2000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments, and may be configured to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on Yes, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE;
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information, and the MPE function enabling information is determined according to the first function, The first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
- the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor.
- a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
- the memory 2030 can be an independent device, or can be integrated in the processor 2010.
- the processor 2010 may be used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030, and when the processor 2010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2010 is used to execute each of the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the network device or the terminal device. steps and/or processes.
- the communication device 2000 is the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 Network devices in the provided examples.
- the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
- the transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
- the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may be devices integrated on different chips.
- the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be integrated in a baseband chip, and the transceiver 2020 may be integrated in a radio frequency chip.
- the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may also be devices integrated on the same chip. This application is not limited to this.
- the communication device 2000 is a component configured in a network device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
- the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like.
- the transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2020 may be integrated into the same chip, such as a baseband chip.
- the device 2000 may also correspond to the terminal device (for example, UE) in the above method embodiments, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
- the terminal device for example, UE
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send first information to a network device, and the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
- the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
- the transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send a first mobility report to a network device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
- the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
- the memory 2030 may be an independent device, or may be integrated in the processor 2010 .
- the processor 2010 may be used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030, and when the processor 2010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2010 is used to execute the steps of the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the terminal device and/or or process.
- the communication device 2000 is the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 provided terminal equipment.
- the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
- the transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
- the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may be devices integrated on different chips.
- the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be integrated in a baseband chip, and the transceiver 2020 may be integrated in a radio frequency chip.
- the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may also be devices integrated on the same chip. This application is not limited to this.
- the device 2000 is a component configured in a terminal device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
- the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like.
- the transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2020 may be integrated into the same chip, such as a baseband chip.
- the present application also provides a processing device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processing device executes the method performed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the above method embodiments. Methods.
- the above processing device may be one or more chips.
- the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (system on chip, SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller unit) , MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
- CPU central processor unit
- NP network processor
- DSP digital signal processor
- microcontroller micro controller unit
- PLD programmable logic device
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and a communication interface.
- the communication interface is coupled with the processor.
- the communication interface is used for input and/or output of information.
- the information includes at least one of instructions and data.
- the processor is configured to execute a computer program, so that the processing device executes the method executed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and a memory.
- the memory is used to store a computer program
- the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the processing device executes the method performed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the above method embodiments.
- the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or The method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 .
- the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the program shown in Figure 4 or Figure 4. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 9 or the method performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
- the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
- the network equipment in each of the above device embodiments corresponds completely to the terminal equipment and the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) executes the receiving or receiving in the method embodiments
- the communication unit executes the receiving or receiving in the method embodiments
- a processing unit processor
- the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
- each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
- the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
- a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
- the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
- the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
- Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
- RAM random access memory
- SRAM static random access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
- enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
- SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
- direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
- the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or other arbitrary combinations.
- the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products.
- the computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
- the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
- the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
- the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media.
- the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
- the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- multiple units or components can be combined or can be Integrate into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
- the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.
- a terminal device or a network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
- the hardware layer includes hardware such as the central processing unit CPU, memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
- the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
- the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
- the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
- the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program.
- computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or magnetic tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (CD), digital versatile disk (DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory EPROM, card, stick or key drives, etc.).
- various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
- computer-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2021年07月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110774271.2、申请名称为“通信方法和通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110774271.2 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Equipment" submitted to the China Patent Office on July 08, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信设备。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
终端设备(例如,移动电话)在使用时,发射的天线会靠近人体的脑部或其他部位。为了避免终端设备放射过高的电磁能辐射,一般可以通过比较终端设备的发射功率与最大允许辐射量(maximum permissible exposure,MPE),来衡量终端设备辐射对人体的影响是否符合标准。若终端设备放射的电磁能辐射对人体造成伤害,需要及时调整终端设备的发射功率,保障人们在使用移动电话时的安全性。When a terminal device (for example, a mobile phone) is in use, the transmitting antenna will be close to the brain or other parts of the human body. In order to avoid excessive electromagnetic energy radiation emitted by terminal equipment, it is generally possible to measure whether the impact of terminal equipment radiation on the human body meets the standard by comparing the transmission power of the terminal equipment with the maximum permissible exposure (MPE). If the electromagnetic energy radiation emitted by the terminal equipment causes harm to the human body, it is necessary to adjust the transmission power of the terminal equipment in time to ensure the safety of people when using mobile phones.
然而,终端设备根据MPE进行调整上行发射功率时,可能会导致随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)失败、切换失败(handover failure,HOF)、无线链路故障(radio link failure,RLF)、潜在失败的成功切换、以及不合理地调整移动性参数等问题。However, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power according to the MPE, it may cause random access channel (random access channel, RACH) failure, handover failure (handover failure, HOF), radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), Potentially failed successful handovers, and irrational tuning of mobility parameters.
因此,如何解决基于MPE调整发射功率带来的上述诸多问题,进而保证网络设备对终端设备进行合理的配置是亟待解决的问题。Therefore, how to solve the above-mentioned many problems caused by adjusting the transmission power based on the MPE, and then ensure that the network equipment configures the terminal equipment reasonably is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信设备,能够保证网络设备对终端设备进行合理的配置。The present application provides a communication method and communication equipment, which can ensure that the network equipment configures the terminal equipment reasonably.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
该方法可以包括:终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息是在第一功能开启后,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的。The method may include: the terminal device enables a first function, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; the terminal device sends first information to the network device, the first information is after the first function is enabled , determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
进一步地,开启第一功能还可以是触发、激活第一功能等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Further, enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
其中,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率可以理解为:根据MPE调整的上行传输功率的幅度。例如,终端设备在开启该第一功能后,因为MPE的影响降低了上行传输功率,降低幅度为3dB,即-3dB;或者,提升了上行传输功率,提升幅度为2dB,即+2dB等。也就是说,终端设备向网络设备发送的第一信息是根据MPE调整的上行传输功率的幅度确定的。Wherein, the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may be understood as: the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE. For example, after enabling the first function, the terminal device reduces the uplink transmission power by 3dB, that is, -3dB due to the influence of the MPE; or increases the uplink transmission power by 2dB, that is, +2dB, etc. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
可选地,根据MPE调整的上行传功率还可以理解为:根据MPE调整后的上行传输功 率。例如,终端设备在未开启第一功能时的上行传输功率为X dB,在开启该第一功能后,因为MPE的影响降低了上行传输功率的幅度为3dB,那么调整后的上行传输功率为(X-3)dB。也就是说,终端设备向网络设备发送的第一信息是根据MPE调整后上行传输功率的幅度确定的。Optionally, the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE can also be understood as: the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE. For example, the uplink transmission power of the terminal device is X dB when the first function is not enabled. After the first function is enabled, the uplink transmission power is reduced by 3dB due to the influence of the MPE, then the adjusted uplink transmission power is ( X-3) dB. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
根据本申请提供的方案,终端设备通过开启第一功能,并向网络设备发送第一信息,使得网络设备能够进一步优化终端设备在第一功能开启时上行数据的传输效率、无线链路的连接质量、以及资源块(resource block,RB)的分配。According to the solution provided in this application, the terminal device enables the first function and sends the first information to the network device, so that the network device can further optimize the transmission efficiency of uplink data and the connection quality of the wireless link when the first function of the terminal device is enabled. , and resource block (resource block, RB) allocation.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量信息。其中,MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行波束信息、终端设备在第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率,功率余量信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行功率余量、终端设备在第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率;With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom information. Wherein, the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink beam information affected by the MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: The uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after the first function is enabled;
需要说明的是,受MPE影响的上行波束信息可以包括以下信息中的至少一种:波束ID,波束的发射功率,波束的发射角,波束直径。It should be noted that the uplink beam information affected by the MPE may include at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,功率余量PH MPE满足: In combination with the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
PH MPE=P max_MPE-P PUSCH_MPE PH MPE =P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
其中,P max_MPE为终端设备在开启第一功能后的最大上行传输功率,P PUSCH_MPE为终端设备在开启第一功能后的上行物理共享信道PUSCH的传输功率。 Wherein, P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function, and P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件;该终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate that the first function A condition for enabling a function: the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,开启条件包括终端设备检测到理论危险区域(nominal hazard zone,NHZ)存在人和/或物体。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the enabling condition includes that the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a nominal hazard zone (nominal hazard zone, NHZ).
示例性的,终端设备在第一时段内,检测到理论危险区域NHZ始终存在人和/或物体,然后开启该第一功能。其中,该第一时段可以为5ms等。Exemplarily, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息,用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息包括:终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送第一信息;或者当终端设备根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,终端设备记录并向网络设备发送该第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device sending the first information to the network device includes: the terminal device periodically sending the first information to the network device; or when the terminal device adjusts the uplink link according to the first function When the magnitude of the transmission power exceeds the preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
示例性的,这里预设阈值可以是5dB,即终端设备在多次调整上行传输功率的幅度累计达到5dB,或者单次调整上行传输功率的幅度大于或等于5dB时,记录并向网络设备发送其调整的上行传输功率幅度或者调整后的上行传输功率。Exemplarily, the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative range reaches 5dB, or when the uplink transmission power is adjusted once and the range is greater than or equal to 5dB, the terminal device records and sends it to the network device. The adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获取第一信息;终端设备根据该请求消息向网络设备发送第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device sending the first information to the network device further includes: the terminal device receiving a request message from the network device, where the request message is used to request acquisition of the first information; The terminal device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
需要说明的是,该第一信息的多种收发方式,既可以单独实现,也可以组合实现。It should be noted that the multiple ways of sending and receiving the first information can be implemented individually or in combination.
示例性的,终端设备在接收来自网络设备的请求消息后,可以直接向网络设备发送该第一信息;或者,终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送该第一信息;又或者,终端设备基于 该请求消息,需要等到根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度达到预设阈值的情况下,才向网络设备发送该第一信息等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, after receiving the request message from the network device, the terminal device may directly send the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device based on the The request message needs to wait until the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold before sending the first information to the network device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
该方法可以包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息是在终端设备第一功能开启后,根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的,其中,该第一功能用于根据MPE调整上行传输功率;网络设备根据该第一信息调整终端设备的配置。The method may include: the network device receives first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on, wherein the first function It is used for adjusting the uplink transmission power according to the MPE; the network device adjusts the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
根据本申请提供的方案,网络通过接收来自终端设备的第一信息,实现对终端设备配置的调整,进一步优化终端设备在第一功能开启时上行数据的传输效率、无线链路的连接质量、以及资源块(resource block,RB)的分配。According to the solution provided in this application, the network adjusts the configuration of the terminal device by receiving the first information from the terminal device, and further optimizes the transmission efficiency of the uplink data of the terminal device when the first function is enabled, the connection quality of the wireless link, and Resource block (resource block, RB) allocation.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备的配置,包括:该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备上行资源的调度,和/或该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备上行波束的配置,和/或该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备物理信道的资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device adjusting the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information includes: the network device adjusting the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and /or the network device adjusts the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device adjusts the resource of the physical channel of the terminal device according to the first information.
示例性的,针对网络设备对终端设备配置的调整,可以是以下调整方案中的一种或多种,例如降低调制和编码方案(modulation andcoding scheme,MCS)的索引值、减少上行传输的层数、配置新的下行波束beam、未低于预设阈值可以继续使用该上行波束等。Exemplarily, the adjustment for the configuration of the terminal equipment by the network equipment may be one or more of the following adjustment schemes, such as reducing the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), reducing the number of layers of uplink transmission , configure a new downlink beam, and continue to use the uplink beam if it is not lower than the preset threshold, etc.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量(power headroom,PH)信息,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行波束信息、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率,该功率余量PH信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行功率余量、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率;With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom (power headroom, PH) information, and the MPE function activation information includes at least the following information One: Uplink beam information affected by MPE, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the power headroom PH information includes at least one of the following information: Uplink power headroom affected by MPE . The maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled;
其中,该上行波束信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:波束ID,波束的发射功率,波束的发射角,波束直径。Wherein, the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to Indicates the enabling condition of the first function.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,包括:该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该指示信息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device sending the indication information to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the instruction message.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
示例性的,终端设备在第一时段内,检测到理论危险区域NHZ始终存在人和/或物体,然后开启该第一功能。其中,该第一时段可以为5ms等。Exemplarily, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能。该网络设备根据能力信息确定该指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function. The network device determines the indication information according to the capability information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,包括:该网络设备周期性地接收来自该终端设备的该第一信息;或者当该终端设备 根据该第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的该第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the receiving the first information from the terminal device by the network device includes: periodically receiving the first information from the terminal device by the network device; or when the When the range of uplink transmission power adjusted by the terminal device according to the first function exceeds a preset threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获取该第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device sends a request message to the terminal device, where the request message is used to request to obtain the first information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送请求消息,包括:该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该请求消息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该请求消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the network device sending the request message to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the request message to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the request message.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
该方法可以包括:终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;该终端设备向网络设备发送第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息。The method may include: the terminal device enables a first function, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; the terminal device sends a first mobility report to the network device, and the first mobility report includes the MPE Function activation information.
根据本申请提供的方案,终端设备可以在移动性报告中记录MPE的相关信息,使得网络设备可以通过移动性报告获知切换失败或无线链路故障是否是因为MPE开启而引起的,从而可以准确的配置移动性参数,减少移动性参数配置错误的发生。According to the solution provided by this application, the terminal device can record the relevant information of the MPE in the mobility report, so that the network device can know whether the handover failure or the radio link failure is caused by the opening of the MPE through the mobility report, so that it can accurately Configure mobility parameters to reduce the occurrence of mobility parameter configuration errors.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备根据该第一功能调整上行传输功率;在调整该上行传输功率后,该终端设备检测到切换失败HOF或无线链路故障RLF,并记录该第一移动性报告。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after adjusting the uplink transmission power, the terminal device detects a handover failure HOF or a radio link failure RLF, and record the first mobility report.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:检测到该HOF或该RLF时的上行传输功率、上行剩余传输功率、最大上行传输功率、是否根据该MPE调整过上行传输功率、根据该MPE调整的上行传输功率值、在该HOF或该RLF之前的最后一次成功进行上行传输时的传输功率。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件;该终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate that the A condition for enabling the first function: the terminal device activates the first function according to the indication information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
示例性的,终端设备在第一时段内,检测到理论危险区域NHZ始终存在人和/或物体,然后开启该第一功能。其中,该第一时段可以为5ms等。Exemplarily, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备向该网络设备发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
该方法可以包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息,该MPE功能开启信息是根据第一功能确定的,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;该网络设备根据该第一移动性报告配置第一移动性参数。The method may include: the network device receives a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function activation information, the MPE function activation information is determined according to a first function, and the first function is used to The maximum allowable radiation amount MPE adjusts uplink transmission power; the network device configures a first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
根据本申请提供的方案,网络设备通过接收移动性报告,可以获知切换失败或无线链路故障是否是因为MPE开启而引起的,从而可以准确的配置移动性参数,减少移动性参 数配置错误的发生。According to the solution provided by this application, by receiving the mobility report, the network device can know whether the handover failure or the radio link failure is caused by the opening of the MPE, so that the mobility parameters can be accurately configured and the occurrence of mobility parameter configuration errors can be reduced .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:检测到该HOF或该RLF时的上行传输功率、上行剩余传输功率、最大上行传输功率、是否根据该MPE调整过上行传输功率、根据该MPE调整的上行传输功率值、在该HOF或该RLF之前的最后一次成功进行上行传输时的传输功率。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to Indicates the enabling condition of the first function.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,包括:该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该指示信息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the network device sending the indication information to the terminal device includes: the network device periodically sends the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device unicasts Or broadcast the instruction message.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
示例性的,终端设备在第一时段内,检测到理论危险区域NHZ始终存在人和/或物体,然后开启该第一功能。其中,该第一时段可以为5ms等。Exemplarily, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ within the first period of time, and then starts the first function. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms or the like.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能;该网络设备根据能力信息确定该指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the network device determines the Instructions.
结合第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面,在某些实现方式中,本申请所涉及的第一信息、能力信息、指示信息、请求消息等的承载方式可以是但不限于:无线资源控制信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层信令中的一种或者两种的组合。其中,无线资源控制信令包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令;MAC层信令包括MAC控制元素(MAC control element,MAC CE)信令;调度信息可以承载在物理层(physical,PHY)信令中,物理层信令包括下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)信令等。With reference to any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners, the carrying manner of the first information, capability information, indication information, request message, etc. involved in this application may be but not limited to: wireless resource One or a combination of control signaling and media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling. Among them, the radio resource control signaling includes radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling; the MAC layer signaling includes MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE) signaling; scheduling information can be carried in the physical layer (physical, In the PHY signaling, the physical layer signaling includes downlink control information (DCI) signaling and the like.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理单元,用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;收发单元,用于该终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息是在该第一功能开启后,根据该MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit, configured for a terminal device to enable a first function, and the first function is configured to adjust uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a transceiver unit, configured for the terminal device to send The network device sends first information, where the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量信息,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受该MPE影响的上行波束信息、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率,该功率余量信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受该MPE影响的上行功率余量、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的的最大上行传输功率;With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom information, and the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: The affected uplink beam information, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: the uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the terminal device in The maximum uplink transmission power after the first function is enabled;
其中,该上行波束信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:波束ID,波束的发射功率,波束的发射角,波束直径。Wherein, the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该功率余量PH MPE满足: With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
PH MPE=P max_MPE-P PUSCH_MPE PH MPE =P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
其中,P max_MPE为该终端设备在开启该第一功能后的最大上行传输功率,P PUSCH_MPE为该终 端设备在开启该第一功能后的上行物理共享信道PUSCH的传输功率。 Wherein, P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function, and P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件;该处理单元,还用于该终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate to enable the first function, and/or The indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function; the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to enable the first function according to the indication information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该终端设备向该网络设备发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于:该终端设备周期性地向该网络设备发送该第一信息;或者当该终端设备根据该第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,该终端设备记录并向该网络设备发送该第一信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to: the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or when the terminal device transmits the first information according to the first function When the magnitude of the adjusted uplink transmission power exceeds the preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于:该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获取该第一信息;该终端设备根据该请求消息向该网络设备发送该第一信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to: the terminal device receives a request message from the network device, where the request message is used to request to acquire the first information; the terminal The device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:收发单元,用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息是在该终端设备第一功能开启后,根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的,该第一功能用于根据该MPE调整上行传输功率;处理单元,用于该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备的配置。According to a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to receive first information from a terminal device, where the first information is adjusted according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is enabled. The uplink transmission power is determined, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE; the processing unit is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备上行资源的调度,和/或该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备上行波束的配置,和/或该网络设备根据该第一信息调整该终端设备物理信道的资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is further used for the network device to adjust the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device according to the first information The information adjusts the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device, and/or the network device adjusts the resource of the physical channel of the terminal device according to the first information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量PH信息,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行波束信息、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率,该功率余量PH信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行功率余量、该终端设备在该第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率;With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first information includes MPE function activation information and/or power headroom PH information, and the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: The affected uplink beam information, the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the power headroom PH information includes at least one of the following information: the uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, the terminal device in The maximum uplink transmission power after the first function is enabled;
其中,该上行波束信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:波束ID,波束的发射功率,波束的发射角,波束直径。Wherein, the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and /or the indication information is used to indicate the enabling condition of the first function.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该指示信息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该指示信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the indication information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能;该处理单元, 还用于该网络设备根据能力信息确定该指示信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the The processing unit is further used for the network device to determine the indication information according to the capability information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备周期性地接收来自该终端设备的该第一信息;或者当该终端设备根据该第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的该第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further used for the network device to periodically receive the first information from the terminal device; or when the terminal device receives the first information according to the first function When the magnitude of the adjusted uplink transmission power exceeds a preset threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备向该终端设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获取该第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to send a request message to the terminal device, where the request message is used to request to acquire the first information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该请求消息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该请求消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the request message to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the request message.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理单元,用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;收发单元,用于该终端设备向网络设备发送第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit, configured for a terminal device to activate a first function, and the first function is configured to adjust uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a transceiver unit, configured for the terminal device to send The network device sends a first mobility report, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enablement information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于:该终端设备根据该第一功能调整上行传输功率;在调整该上行传输功率后,该终端设备检测到切换失败HOF或无线链路故障RLF,并记录该第一移动性报告。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after the uplink transmission power is adjusted, the terminal device detects Handover failure HOF or radio link failure RLF, and record the first mobility report.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:检测到该HOF或该RLF时的上行传输功率、上行剩余传输功率、最大上行传输功率、是否根据该MPE调整过上行传输功率、根据该MPE调整的上行传输功率值、在该HOF或该RLF之前的最后一次成功进行上行传输时的传输功率。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件;该处理单元,还用于该终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate enabling the first function, and/or The indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function; the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to enable the first function according to the indication information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该终端设备向该网络设备发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the terminal device to send capability information to the network device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:收发单元,用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息,该MPE功能开启信息是根据第一功能确定的,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;处理单元,用于该网络设备根据该第一移动性报告配置第一移动性参数。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to receive a first mobility report from a terminal device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function activation information, and the MPE function activation information is based on the first A function is determined, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE; a processing unit is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:检测到该HOF或该RLF时的上行传输功率、上行剩余传输功率、最大上行传输功率、是否根据该MPE调整过上行传输功率、根据该MPE调整的上行传输功率值、在该HOF或该RLF之前的最后一次成功进行上行传输时的传输功率。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when the HOF or the RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink Transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to the MPE, the uplink transmission power value adjusted according to the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before the HOF or the RLF.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and /or the indication information is used to indicate the enabling condition of the first function.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备周期性地向该终端设备发送该指示信息,或者该网络设备单播或广播该指示信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to periodically send the indication information to the terminal device, or the network device to unicast or broadcast the indication information.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该开启条件包括:该终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the enabling condition includes: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in a theoretical danger zone NHZ.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示该终端设备支持该第一功能;该处理单元,还用于该网络设备根据能力信息确定该指示信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive capability information from the terminal device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function; the The processing unit is further used for the network device to determine the indication information according to the capability information.
第九方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得该终端设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a processor, and optionally, a memory, the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the terminal device executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect methods in methods.
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
可选地,该终端设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the terminal device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第十方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该网络设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,使得该网络设备执行上述第四方面或第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a network device is provided, including a processor, and optionally, a memory, the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the network device executes the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, so that the network device executes the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect method in .
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
可选地,该网络设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the network device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:用于实现第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元,或者用于实现第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元,或者用于实现第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元,或者用于实现第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: various modules or units for implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or for implementing the second aspect or the second aspect Each module or unit of the method in any possible implementation manner, or each module or unit used to implement the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or used to implement the fourth aspect or the first aspect Each module or unit of the method in any possible implementation manner of the four aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:终端设备,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及网络设备,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided, including: a terminal device, configured to execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or to execute the above third aspect or the third aspect A method in any possible implementation manner; and a network device, configured to execute the method in the second aspect above or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or to execute the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspect above Methods in Possible Implementations.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或代码,该计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or codes, and when the computer programs or codes run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first The method in any possible implementation of the aspect, or the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the fourth aspect A method in any possible implementation of the aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序, 使得安装有该芯片系统的终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得安装有该芯片系统的终端设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,以及使得安装有该芯片系统的网络设备执行第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得安装有该芯片系统的网络设备执行第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a chip is provided, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation The terminal device with the system-on-a-chip executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device installed with the chip system execute the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect The method in the way, and make the network device installed with the chip system execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or make the network device installed with the chip system execute the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect A method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
其中,该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。Wherein, the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被计算机时,执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,以及执行第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a computer, execute the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect , execute the method in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, execute the above third aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the third aspect, and execute the fourth aspect or any of the fourth aspects method in one possible implementation.
根据本申请实施例的方案,针对用户设备(user equipment,UE)通过MPE调整发射功率后上行(uplink,UL)功率降低,提供了一种通信方法和通信设备,通过引入UE上报MPE功能开启信息、PH信息的机制,使得网络设备进一步优化上行调度和资源分配。According to the solution of the embodiment of the present application, a communication method and a communication device are provided for the user equipment (user equipment, UE) to reduce the uplink (uplink, UL) power after adjusting the transmission power through the MPE, and to report the MPE function activation information by introducing the UE , The mechanism of PH information enables network equipment to further optimize uplink scheduling and resource allocation.
进一步地,通过在UE执行MPE功能后检测到HOF/或者UL失败导致的RLF,UE可以记录或不记录MPE相关的移动性报告的机制,能够避免网络设备因为MPE造成的移动性问题而配置不合理的移动性参数。即解决对于UE经过MPE调整过后的UL功率偏低所导致的RACH问题、RLF问题、潜在失败的成功切换问题、以及网络设备不合理地调整移动性参数的问题。Furthermore, by detecting HOF/or RLF caused by UL failure after the UE performs the MPE function, the UE can record or not record the MPE-related mobility report mechanism, which can prevent the network device from being configured incorrectly due to the mobility problem caused by the MPE. Reasonable mobility parameters. That is to solve the RACH problem, RLF problem, potential failed successful handover problem caused by the low UL power of the UE after MPE adjustment, and the problem of unreasonable adjustment of mobility parameters by network equipment.
图1是适用本申请的通信系统的一例示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which this application is applied.
图2是适用本申请的网络架构的一例示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a network architecture applicable to the present application.
图3是适用本申请的UE根据MPE调整发射功率的前后对比的一例示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a comparison before and after a UE applying the present application adjusts transmit power according to the MPE.
图4是适用本申请的通信方法的一例示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
图5是适用本申请的通信方法的另一例示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
图6是适用本申请的通信方法的又一例示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
图7是适用本申请的通信方法的又一例示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
图8示出的是UE根据MPE调整发射功率的前后功率余量PH值计算的一例示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing an example of calculation of the power headroom PH before and after the UE adjusts the transmission power according to the MPE.
图9是适用本申请的通信方法的又一例示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a communication method to which the present application is applied.
图10是适用本申请的通信方法的又一例示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another example of a communication method to which this application is applied.
图11是适用本申请的通信设备的一例示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication device to which this application is applied.
图12是适用本申请的通信设备的另一例示意图。Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication device to which this application is applied.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分 双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统或新空口(new radio,NR),也可以扩展到类似的无线通信系统中,如无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WIFI),以及第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的蜂窝系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), universal mobile telecommunications system (universal mobile telecommunications system, UMTS), fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system or new air interface (new radio, NR), can also be extended to similar wireless communication systems, such as wireless Fidelity (wireless-fidelity, WIFI), and the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related cellular systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现。然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信,例如,车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信、车到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车到行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)通信、车到网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等,车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车联网、机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M),机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)等。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, the mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), vehicle networking (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, for example, vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) communication, vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc., vehicle-to-vehicle communication long-term evolution technology (long term evolution-vehicle, LTE-V), vehicle networking, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), machine to machine (M2M), etc.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以用于免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)、非地面网络(non terrestrial networks,NTN)系统、未来的通信系统等,如第六代移动通信系统等。本申请对此不作限定。The technical solutions provided by this application can also be used in unlicensed spectrum, non-terrestrial networks (NTN) systems, future communication systems, etc., such as the sixth generation mobile communication system, etc. This application is not limited to this.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置、软终端等,包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。终端可以是移动站(mobile station,MS)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, Wireless communication devices, user agents or user devices, soft terminals, etc., including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems. The terminal can be a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a subscriber unit (subscriber unit), a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, a tablet Computers, wireless modems (modems), handheld devices (handsets), laptop computers (laptop computers), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminals, etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以是手机(mobile phone)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、手持终端、笔记本电脑、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台、未来5G网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a mobile phone, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in a smart city, wireless terminals in a smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop , WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld terminal, notebook computer, cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, terminal equipment in the future 5G network, Or the terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
此外,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。应理解,本申请对于终端设备的具体形式不作限定。In addition, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection. It should be understood that the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
本申请实施例中的网络设备是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功 能的装置。该设备包括但不限于:无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home nodeB,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元BBU,或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in the embodiment of this application is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide a wireless communication function for a terminal device. The device includes but is not limited to: radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home nodeB, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP) in the wireless fidelity system ), etc., it can also be a gNB or a transmission point (TRP or TP) in a 5G (such as NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be an antenna panel that constitutes A gNB or a network node of a transmission point, such as a baseband unit BBU, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点等,可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、可穿戴设备或车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的网络设备等。The network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., and may be evolved base stations (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system. ), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, wearable device or vehicle-mounted device, wearable device and future 5G Network equipment in the network or network equipment in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
网络设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过网络设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源)与小区进行通信,该小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources) allocated by the network device. The cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. Here, Small cells can include: metro cells, micro cells, pico cells, femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for To provide high-speed data transmission services.
网络设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过网络设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者频谱资源)与小区进行通信,该小区可以属于宏基站(例如,宏eNB或宏gNB等),也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network device. The cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), or It may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, and the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, etc., these Small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,如图1中所示的5G系统中的网络设备101;该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,如图1中所示的终端设备102至107。其中,该终端设备102至107可以是移动的或固定的。网络设备101和终端设备102至107中的一个或多个均可以通过无线链路通信。每个网络设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备通信。例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备可以基于该配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据;又例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据。因此,图1中的网络设备101和终端设备102至107构成一个通信系统。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiment of the present application, a communication system applicable to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail first with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a
可选地,终端设备之间可以直接通信。例如可以利用D2D技术等实现终端设备之间的直接通信。如图中所示,终端设备105与106之间、终端设备105与107之间,可以利用D2D技术直接通信。终端设备106和终端设备107可以单独或同时与终端设备105通信。Optionally, terminal devices can communicate directly with each other. For example, D2D technology and the like can be used to realize direct communication between terminal devices. As shown in the figure, the D2D technology can be used for direct communication between the
终端设备105至107也可以分别与网络设备101通信。例如可以直接与网络设备101 通信,如图中的终端设备105和106可以直接与网络设备101通信;也可以间接地与网络设备101通信,如图中的终端设备107经由终端设备105与网络设备101通信。
应理解,图1示出了一个网络设备和多个终端设备,以及各通信设备之间的通信链路。可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,例如更多或更少的终端设备。本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1 shows a network device, multiple terminal devices, and communication links between communication devices. Optionally, the
上述各个通信设备,如图1中的网络设备101和终端设备102至107,可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外,各通信设备还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如,处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此,网络设备与终端设备之间可通过多天线技术通信。Each of the aforementioned communication devices, such as the
可选地,该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。Optionally, the
还应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should also be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the
图2是适用于本申请实施例的网络架构的一例示意图。如图2所示,在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。集中单元CU节点可以划分为控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, in a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node . Centralized unit CU nodes can be divided into control plane CU nodes (CU-CP nodes) and user plane CU nodes (CU-UP nodes).
其中,CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包含无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)和分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)-C。PDCP-C主要负责控制面数据的加解密、完整性保护、数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包含服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)和PDCP-U。其中,SDAP主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将flow映射到承载。PDCP-U主要负责数据面的加解密、完整性保护、头压缩、序列号维护、数据传输等。其中CU-CP和CU-UP通过E1接口连接。CU-CP代表CU通过Ng接口和核心网连接。通过F1-C(控制面)和DU连接。CU-UP通过F1-U(用户面)和DU连接。可选地,PDCP-C也可以在CU-UP。Among them, CU-CP is responsible for control plane functions, mainly including radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP)-C. PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, data transmission, etc. CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) and PDCP-U. Among them, SDAP is mainly responsible for processing core network data and mapping flows to bearers. PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of the data plane, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc. Among them, CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through E1 interface. The CU-CP represents the connection between the CU and the core network through the Ng interface. Connect with DU through F1-C (control plane). CU-UP is connected to DU through F1-U (user plane). Optionally, PDCP-C can also be in CU-UP.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备和终端设备包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令交互模块、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)信令交互模块、以及物理(physical,PHY)信令交互模块。其中,RRC信令交互模块可以为:网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收RRC信令的模块。MAC信令交互模块可以为:网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收媒体接入控制-控制元素(media access control-control element,MACCE)信令的模块。PHY信令及数据交互模块可以为:网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收上行控制信令或下行控制信令、上下行数据或下行数据的模块。In this embodiment of the application, the network device and the terminal device include a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling interaction module, a media access control (media access control, MAC) signaling interaction module, and a physical (physical, PHY) ) signaling interaction module. Wherein, the RRC signaling interaction module may be: a module used by the network device and the terminal device for sending and receiving RRC signaling. The MAC signaling interaction module may be: a module for the network device and the terminal device to send and receive media access control-control element (media access control-control element, MACCE) signaling. The PHY signaling and data interaction module may be: a module for network devices and terminal devices to send and receive uplink control signaling or downlink control signaling, uplink and downlink data or downlink data.
应理解,上述通信系统或网络架构仅是示例性说明,是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。例如,通信系统还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备可以与多个接入网设备连接,用于控制接入网设备,并且,可以将从网络侧(例如,互联网)接收到 的数据分发至接入网设备。It should be understood that the above-mentioned communication system or network architecture is only an exemplary description, which is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. Those skilled in the art will know , with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems. For example, the communication system may further include a core network device, which may be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network devices, and may distribute data received from the network side (for example, the Internet) to access network equipment.
本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块;或者是可用于终端设备或网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application Communication is enough. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program; or can be used in a terminal device Or a component of a network device (such as a chip or a circuit).
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
为了描述方便,下面首先对本申请实施例涉及的术语进行说明。For the convenience of description, terms involved in the embodiments of the present application will be firstly described below.
1、最大允许辐射量(maximum permissible exposure,MPE):指允许人体暴露在对人体无伤害的最大射频辐射水平。1. Maximum permissible exposure (MPE): refers to the maximum level of radio frequency radiation that allows the human body to be exposed to no harm to the human body.
这类允许值可以以电磁场的场量或功率密度(power density,PD)来表示。MPE安全值的制定是以无论在何种曝露条件下,皆不可使其相对应的比吸收率(specific absorption rate,SAR)值超过其限制规定。在高频频段,例如6G以上的毫米波,安全标准通常用MPE来表示。FCC MPE可以限制为1毫瓦/平方厘米(mW/cm2)。This type of allowable value can be represented by the field quantity or power density (power density, PD) of the electromagnetic field. The safe value of MPE is formulated so that the corresponding specific absorption rate (SAR) value cannot exceed its limit no matter what the exposure conditions are. In high-frequency bands, such as millimeter waves above 6G, safety standards are usually represented by MPE. The FCC MPE can be limited to 1 milliwatt per square centimeter (mW/cm2).
可选地,MPE也可以被用于衡量终端设备的辐射强度有没有超过安全标准。Optionally, the MPE can also be used to measure whether the radiation intensity of the terminal equipment exceeds the safety standard.
2、理论危险区域(nominal hazard zone,NHZ):根据波束发射角、发射功率、波束直径确定的区域。在该区域内,UE的发射功率超过了MPE的要求。因此若UE检测到该区域内有人时,UE需要调整发射功率,以满足MPE的要求,比如UE可以降低发射功率,甚至关闭发射波束。2. Theoretical hazard zone (nominal hazard zone, NHZ): The area determined according to the beam emission angle, emission power, and beam diameter. In this area, the transmit power of the UE exceeds the requirement of the MPE. Therefore, if the UE detects that there are people in the area, the UE needs to adjust the transmission power to meet the requirements of the MPE. For example, the UE can reduce the transmission power or even turn off the transmission beam.
3、无线链路故障(radio link failure,RLF)3. Radio link failure (RLF)
为了避免由于网络设备切换参数配置的不合理造成的连接失败,LTE中引入了移动鲁棒性优化(mobility robustness optimisation,MRO)机制,MRO机制是通过UE记录和上报移动性失败过程中的参数给网络,使得网络设备可以更好地识别其移动性参数的配置问题,并及时优化移动性相关参数,降低UE的失败率,提升切换成功率。In order to avoid the connection failure caused by the unreasonable configuration of network equipment handover parameters, the mobility robustness optimization (MRO) mechanism is introduced in LTE. The MRO mechanism is to record and report the parameters in the process of mobility failure to the UE. Network, so that network devices can better identify the configuration problems of their mobility parameters, and optimize mobility-related parameters in a timely manner, reducing the failure rate of UEs and improving the handover success rate.
具体地,目前MRO的记录报告(可以称为无线链路失败报告RLF report)中包括如下至少一种失败信息:Specifically, at least one of the following failure information is included in the record report of the current MRO (which may be referred to as a radio link failure report RLF report):
(1)failedPcellID:UE检测到RLF的小区信息,或者切换失败的目标小区信息;(1) failedPcellID: the information of the cell where the UE detected RLF, or the information of the target cell where the handover failed;
(2)connectionFailureType:无线链路故障RLF或者切换失败(handover failure,HOF)或者定时器到期(定时器为UE发送测量报告后启动的定时器,比如T312);(2) connectionFailureType: radio link failure RLF or handover failure (handover failure, HOF) or timer expiration (the timer is the timer started after the UE sends the measurement report, such as T312);
(3)previousPCellId:UE上一次收到切换命令的源小区信息。(3) previousPCellId: the information of the source cell that the UE received the handover command last time.
(4)reestablishmentCellId:连接失败后发起重建立的小区信息;(4) reestablishmentCellId: information about the cell that initiates re-establishment after the connection fails;
(5)timeConnFailure:最后一次收到切换(handover,HO)命令到连接失败的时间;(5) timeConnFailure: the time from the last receipt of the handover (handover, HO) command to the connection failure;
(6)timeSinceFailure:连接失败时开始记录的时间长度。一般指连接失败到上报RLF-report的时间。(6) timeSinceFailure: the length of time to start recording when the connection fails. Generally, it refers to the time from connection failure to reporting RLF-report.
需要说明的是,小区信息可以包括小区全局标识(cell global identity,CGI),和/或,物理小区ID+频点(physical cell ID+frequency,PCI+freq)。此外RLF report中还可以携带各小区的小区质量,比如检测到失败时的失败小区和/或邻区的小区质量。可选地,小区信息还可以包括小区的测量结果。It should be noted that the cell information may include a cell global identity (CGI), and/or a physical cell ID+frequency (physical cell ID+frequency, PCI+freq). In addition, the RLF report may also carry the cell quality of each cell, such as the failed cell and/or the cell quality of a neighboring cell when a failure is detected. Optionally, the cell information may also include cell measurement results.
应理解,当UE发生了连接失败,UE会记录RLF report;当UE再次发生连接失败,UE清空之前记录的RLF report,记录最新的RLF report;It should be understood that when the UE fails to connect, the UE will record the RLF report; when the UE fails to connect again, the UE clears the previously recorded RLF report and records the latest RLF report;
图3是适用本申请的UE根据MPE调整发射功率的前后对比的一例示意图。如图3所示,以多天线UE为例,根据波束发射角、发射功率、波束直径确定的理论危险区域NHZ,在该区域内,当UE的发射功率E小于或等于MPE的要求,则不会对人体造成辐射伤害。当UE的发射功率E大于MPE的要求,将会对人体产生辐射伤害。因此,若UE检测到该区域内有人时,UE需要调整发射功率,以满足MPE的要求,比如UE可以降低发射功率,甚至关闭发射波束。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a comparison before and after a UE applying the present application adjusts transmit power according to the MPE. As shown in Figure 3, taking a multi-antenna UE as an example, the theoretical danger zone NHZ is determined according to the beam angle, transmit power, and beam diameter. Can cause radiation damage to the human body. When the transmit power E of the UE is greater than the requirement of the MPE, radiation damage to the human body will occur. Therefore, if the UE detects that there are people in the area, the UE needs to adjust the transmission power to meet the requirements of the MPE, for example, the UE can reduce the transmission power or even turn off the transmission beam.
需要说明的是,本申请适用于UE具有自主根据MPE调节发射功率的能力。It should be noted that this application is applicable to the UE having the capability of autonomously adjusting transmit power according to the MPE.
所以,当UE在检测到理论危险区域NHZ内有人(或物体)时,UE会自主降低UL功率,使得人(或物体)处于对人体无伤害的射频辐射中,即UE发射功率E要小于或等于最大允许辐射量。然而,UE降低UL发射功率可能会导致以下几个问题:Therefore, when the UE detects a person (or object) in the theoretical danger zone NHZ, the UE will automatically reduce the UL power so that the person (or object) is exposed to radio frequency radiation that is harmless to the human body, that is, the UE transmit power E should be less than or equal to the maximum allowable radiation dose. However, reducing the UL transmit power of the UE may cause the following problems:
(1)切换过程中UL功率降低导致RACH失败进而导致切换失败HOF。(1) UL power reduction during the handover process leads to RACH failure, which in turn leads to handover failure HOF.
(2)UL功率降低会引发各种UL问题导致的RLF,比如无线链路控制层协议(radio link control protocol,RLC)重传达到最大次数或RACH失败等。(2) UL power reduction will cause RLF caused by various UL problems, such as radio link control protocol (radio link control protocol, RLC) retransmission reaches the maximum number of times or RACH failure.
(3)UL功率降低导致潜在失败的成功切换问题。假设一开始UE的切换时限为20ms,由于UL功率降低,致使UE在第19ms切换才切换成功,这种情况就被认为是潜在失败的成功切换的问题。UE可以将其记录在成功切换报告(successful handover report)中。(3) UL power reduction leads to potential failed successful handover problem. Assuming that the handover time limit of the UE is 20 ms at the beginning, due to the reduction of UL power, the UE handover succeeds only after 19 ms, and this situation is considered as a potential failed successful handover problem. The UE can record it in the successful handover report (successful handover report).
(4)若UE记录并上报了RACH失败对应的RLF report,或潜在失败的成功切换生成的successful handover report,会导致网络设备错误地认为是移动性的影响(例如,UE或人体的位置发生变化)而调整移动性参数,进而导致移动性参数与实际情况不符,因为这些问题可能是因为UE UL功率调整导致的。(4) If the UE records and reports the RLF report corresponding to the RACH failure, or the successful handover report generated by the successful handover of the potential failure, it will cause the network device to mistakenly believe that it is the impact of mobility (for example, the position of the UE or the human body changes ) to adjust the mobility parameters, and then cause the mobility parameters to be inconsistent with the actual situation, because these problems may be caused by UE UL power adjustment.
(5)网络设备根据UE的功率余量(power headroom,PH)值为UE分配资源块(resource block,RB),在UE因为MPE调低上行功率之后,如果不及时更新PH的计算方式,网络设备会认为UE还远没有达到其最大功率,故导致基站会给UE分配不合理的RB资源量。但事实上,UE此时由于MPE的限制,可能已经达到了其允许的最大功率。(5) The network device allocates resource blocks (resource blocks, RB) to the UE according to the power headroom (PH) value of the UE. After the UE reduces the uplink power due to MPE, if the calculation method of PH is not updated in time, the network The device will think that the UE is far from reaching its maximum power, so the base station will allocate an unreasonable amount of RB resources to the UE. But in fact, the UE may have reached its allowed maximum power due to the limitation of the MPE at this time.
综上所述,UE根据MPE要求调整UL发射功率,例如UE降低UL发射功率,可能导致UL失败(UE切换过程中由于UL功率太低导致RACH失败,进而导致切换失败HOF)或无线链路故障RLF(由于UL功率太低导致的RLF,比如RLC重传达到最大次数或RACH失败等),也可能导致潜在失败的成功切换问题;若UE记录了对应的RLF report或successful handover report,会导致网络错误地调整移动性参数。而如何解决基于MPE调整发射功率带来的上述诸多问题,保证网络设备对终端设备进行合理的上行调度和资源分配,当前没有解决方案。To sum up, the UE adjusts the UL transmit power according to the MPE requirements. For example, the UE reduces the UL transmit power, which may lead to UL failure (RACH failure due to too low UL power during UE handover, which in turn leads to handover failure HOF) or radio link failure RLF (RLF caused by too low UL power, such as the maximum number of RLC retransmissions or RACH failures, etc.), may also cause potential failed successful handover problems; if the UE records the corresponding RLF report or successful handover report, it will cause the network Incorrectly tuned mobility parameters. However, there is currently no solution for how to solve the above-mentioned problems caused by adjusting the transmission power based on the MPE, and ensure that the network equipment performs reasonable uplink scheduling and resource allocation for the terminal equipment.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种通信方法和通信设备,针对UE通过MPE调整后UL功率降低时,通过引入在UE执行MPE功能的时候向基站上报MPE相关的信息、功率余量PH相关的信息的机制,使得网络设备进一步优化上行调度和资源分配;并且,在UE执行MPE功能后,检测到HOF/或者UL失败导致的RLF,UE可以记录或不记录MPE相关的移动性报告的机制,这样能够避免网络设备因为MPE造成的移动性问题而配置不合理的移动性参数。即解决对于UE经过MPE调整过后的UL功率偏低所导致的RACH问题、RLF问题、潜在失败的成功切换问题、以及网络设备不合理地调整移动性参数的问题。In view of this, the present application provides a communication method and a communication device. When the UL power of the UE is reduced after the MPE is adjusted, the UE reports the MPE-related information and the power headroom PH related information to the base station when the UE performs the MPE function. The information mechanism enables the network device to further optimize uplink scheduling and resource allocation; and, after the UE performs the MPE function, and detects the RLF caused by HOF/or UL failure, the UE can record or not record the MPE-related mobility report mechanism, In this way, it is possible to prevent the network device from configuring unreasonable mobility parameters due to the mobility problem caused by the MPE. That is to solve the RACH problem, RLF problem, potential failed successful handover problem caused by the low UL power of the UE after MPE adjustment, and the problem of unreasonable adjustment of mobility parameters by network equipment.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made.
对于本申请的各个实施例,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。For each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent logic Relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
在本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character "/" indicates that the contextual objects are a "division" Relationship.
需要说明的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be noted that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。In the present application, "for indicating" may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating. When describing a certain indication information for indicating A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。In addition, specific indication manners may also be various existing indication manners, such as but not limited to, the above indication manners and various combinations thereof. For specific details of various indication manners, reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated herein. It can be known from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, there may be a situation where different information is indicated in different ways. In the specific implementation process, the required indication method can be selected according to the specific needs. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering the There are various methods by which a party can obtain the information to be indicated.
待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对具体的发送方法不作限定。其中,这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中,该配置信息可以例如但不限于:无线资源控制信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层信令和物理层信令中的一种或者至少两种的组合。其中,无线资源控制信令包括:无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令;MAC层信令包括:MAC控制元素(control element,CE);物理层信令包括:下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等。The information to be indicated can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different, and this application does not limit the specific sending method. Wherein, the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, pre-defined according to a protocol, or may be configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device. Wherein, the configuration information may be, for example but not limited to: one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling, and physical layer signaling. Wherein, the radio resource control signaling includes: radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling; the MAC layer signaling includes: MAC control element (control element, CE); the physical layer signaling includes: downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) and so on.
本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。The "protocol" involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
在本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备(如,终端设备或者网络设备)会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备(如,终端设备或者网络设备)在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。In this embodiment of the application, descriptions such as "when", "in the case of ...", "if" and "if" all refer to the device (such as a terminal device or network device) under certain objective circumstances. Corresponding processing will be made, which is not a time limit, nor does it require devices (such as terminal devices or network devices) to take judgment actions during implementation, nor does it mean that there are other restrictions.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的通信方法进行详细说明。示例性的,以基站为网络设备、以UE为终端设备为例,对本申请的实施例进行说明。The communication method in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Exemplarily, the embodiments of the present application are described by taking a base station as a network device and a UE as a terminal device as an example.
图4是适用本申请实施例的通信方法的一例示意图,具体实现步骤400包括:FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and the
S410,终端设备开启第一功能。S410, the terminal device enables the first function.
其中,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE进行调整上行传输功率。Wherein, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE.
进一步地,开启第一功能还可以是触发、激活第一功能等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Further, enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
需要说明的是,终端设备开启第一功能之前,需要获取该MPE。并且,在开启该第一功能之后,终端设备还需要将自身发射功率与该MPE进行比较,进而根据MPE要求进行调整上行传输功率。It should be noted that the MPE needs to be obtained before the terminal device enables the first function. Moreover, after enabling the first function, the terminal device also needs to compare its own transmission power with the MPE, and then adjust the uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
示例性的,该MPE可以是协议预定义的,或者是网络设备通知终端设备该小区能够承受的最大允许辐射量等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the MPE may be predefined by the protocol, or the network device notifies the terminal device of the maximum allowable radiation that the cell can withstand, etc., which is not specifically limited in this application.
S420,该终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。S420. The terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
其中,该第一信息是在终端设备开启该第一功能后,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的。Wherein, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the terminal device starts the first function.
应理解,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率可以理解为:根据MPE调整的上行传输功率的幅度。例如,终端设备在开启该第一功能后,因为MPE的影响降低了上行传输功率,降低幅度为3dB,即-3dB;或者,提升了上行传输功率,提升幅度为2dB,即+2dB等。也就是说,终端设备向网络设备发送的第一信息是根据MPE调整的上行传输功率的幅度确定的。It should be understood that the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may be understood as: the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE. For example, after enabling the first function, the terminal device reduces the uplink transmission power by 3dB, that is, -3dB due to the influence of the MPE; or increases the uplink transmission power by 2dB, that is, +2dB, etc. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
可选地,根据MPE调整的上行传功率还可以理解为:根据MPE调整后的上行传输功率。例如,终端设备在未开启第一功能时的上行传输功率为X dB,在开启该第一功能后,因为MPE的影响降低了上行传输功率的幅度为3dB,那么调整后的上行传输功率为(X-3)dB。也就是说,终端设备向网络设备发送的第一信息是根据MPE调整后上行传输功率的幅度确定的。Optionally, the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE may also be understood as: the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the MPE. For example, the uplink transmission power of the terminal device is X dB when the first function is not enabled. After the first function is enabled, the uplink transmission power is reduced by 3dB due to the influence of the MPE, then the adjusted uplink transmission power is ( X-3) dB. That is to say, the first information sent by the terminal device to the network device is determined according to the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE.
需要说明的是,当开启该第一功能后,终端设备在根据MPE进行调节上行传输功率时,例如降低上行传输功率,使得MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量PH信息发生了变化,进而确定了该第一信息。It should be noted that after the first function is enabled, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power according to the MPE, for example, the uplink transmission power is reduced, so that the MPE function activation information and/or the power headroom PH information changes, and then determine received the first information.
即,该第一信息可以包括MPE功能开启信息和/或功率余量信息。That is, the first information may include MPE function enablement information and/or power headroom information.
其中,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行波束信息、终端设备在所述第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率等。其中,上行波束信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:波束ID,波束的发射功率,波束的发射角,波束直径。Wherein, the MPE function enabling information includes at least one of the following information: uplink beam information affected by the MPE, maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after the first function is enabled, and the like. Wherein, the uplink beam information includes at least one of the following information: beam ID, beam transmit power, beam transmit angle, and beam diameter.
另外,功率余量信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:受MPE影响的上行功率余量、终端设备在所述第一功能开启后的最大上行传输功率等。In addition, the power headroom information includes at least one of the following information: uplink power headroom affected by the MPE, maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal device after the first function is enabled, and the like.
在本申请实施例中,上行功率余量PH MPE满足: In the embodiment of this application, the uplink power headroom PH MPE satisfies:
PH MPE=P max_MPE-P PUSCH_MPE PH MPE =P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
其中,P max_MPE为终端设备在开启第一功能后的最大上行传输功率,P PUSCH_MPE为终端设备在开启第一功能后的上行物理共享信道PUSCH的传输功率。 Wherein, P max_MPE is the maximum uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function, and P PUSCH_MPE is the transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the terminal equipment after enabling the first function.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。并且,终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device. And, the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
其中,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息,用于指示终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。Wherein, the indication information may be 1 bit indication information used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function.
在本申请实施例中,第一功能的开启条件可以包括:终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。In this embodiment of the present application, the condition for enabling the first function may include: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ.
进一步地,开启条件还可以包括在第一时段内,终端设备检测到NHZ始终存在人和/或物体。其中,该第一时段可以是5ms等,本申请对此不作具体限定。即终端设备在连续的5ms内均检测到NHZ中有人和/或物体,那么终端设备需要开启第一功能,并根据该MPE的要求进行调整自身的上行传输功率。Further, the enabling condition may also include that within the first period of time, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the NHZ. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application. That is, if the terminal device detects people and/or objects in the NHZ within 5 ms consecutively, then the terminal device needs to enable the first function, and adjust its own uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
具体地,可以让终端设备在检测到NHZ内有人是生成一个计时器,在计时器的值超过5ms时就开始根据MPE要求调整UL功率。如果终端设备在计时器还没有超过5ms的时候发现NHZ就没有人或物体,该计时器将会重置。Specifically, the terminal device can generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and start to adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds 5 ms. If the end device detects that there is no person or object in the NHZ when the timer has not exceeded 5ms, the timer will be reset.
作为示例而非限定,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,可以周期性地发送该指示信息,或者单播或广播该指示信息。本申请对此不作具体限定。As an example but not a limitation, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the indication information may be sent periodically, or the indication information may be unicast or broadcast. This application does not specifically limit it.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。并且,网络设备在自身具有与MPE相关功能的情况下,根据该能力信息确定用于指示终端设备开启第一功能的指示信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device. Moreover, in a case that the network device itself has an MPE-related function, it determines indication information for instructing the terminal device to enable the first function according to the capability information.
其中,该能力信息用于指示终端设备支持该第一功能。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
需要说明的是,表示终端设备是否支持MPE去调节发射功率的能力可以是1bit的指示信息。这1bit的决定权取决于终端设备的硬件条件,表示终端设备是否有该能力。比如终端设备是否有能力去检测NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且是否能判断遮挡物是否是人体;如果不能检测,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be noted that, indicating whether the terminal device supports the ability of the MPE to adjust the transmit power may be 1-bit indication information. The decision right of this 1 bit depends on the hardware condition of the terminal device, indicating whether the terminal device has this capability. For example, whether the terminal device has the ability to detect whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and whether it can determine whether the obstruction is a human body; if it cannot detect, it cannot determine whether there is a person in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
可选地,终端设备可以在初始接入时就将能力信息上报给网络设备;在切换过程中,源网络设备也可以把该终端设备的MPE相关功能发送给目标网络设备,比如在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。Optionally, the terminal device can report the capability information to the network device during initial access; during the handover process, the source network device can also send the MPE-related functions of the terminal device to the target network device, for example, in the handover request information (handover request message).
作为示例而非限定,该第一信息的收发,可以包括以下几种可能实现方式:As an example but not a limitation, the sending and receiving of the first information may include the following possible implementations:
其一,终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送该第一信息。First, the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备周期性地接收来自终端设备的第一信息;或者,Correspondingly, the network device periodically receives the first information from the terminal device; or,
其二,当终端设备根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,该终端设备记录并向网络设备发送该第一信息。Second, when the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the terminal device according to the first function exceeds a preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
示例性的,这里预设阈值可以是5dB,即终端设备在多次调整上行传输功率的幅度累计达到5dB,或者单次调整上行传输功率的幅度大于或等于5dB时,需要记录并向网络设备发送其调整的上行传输功率幅度或者调整后的上行传输功率。Exemplarily, the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative amplitude reaches 5dB, or when the single adjustment of the uplink transmission power is greater than or equal to 5dB, it needs to record and send to the network device The adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power.
其三,网络设备向终端设备发送请求消息。Third, the network device sends a request message to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的请求消息。并且,终端设备根据该请求消息向网络设备发送该第一信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the request message from the network device. And, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device according to the request message.
其中,该请求消息用于请求获取该第一信息;Wherein, the request message is used to request to obtain the first information;
作为示例而非限定,网络设备向终端设备发送请求信息,可以周期性地发送该请求信息,或者单播或广播该请求信息。本申请对此不作具体限定。As an example but not a limitation, the network device sends the request information to the terminal device, and the request information may be sent periodically, or unicast or broadcast the request information. This application does not specifically limit it.
需要说明的是,上述几种可能的方式既可以单独实现,可以组合实现。It should be noted that the above-mentioned several possible manners can be implemented individually or in combination.
示例性的,终端设备在接收来自网络设备的请求消息后,可以直接向网络设备发送该第一信息;或者,终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送该第一信息;又或者,终端设备基于该请求消息,需要等到根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度达到预设阈值的情况下,才向网络设备发送该第一信息等。本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, after receiving the request message from the network device, the terminal device may directly send the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first information to the network device; or, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device based on the For the request message, the first information and the like need not be sent to the network device until the magnitude of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold. This application does not specifically limit it.
应理解,上述几种可能的实现方式仅是示例性说明,不应对本申请方案构成任何限定It should be understood that the above-mentioned several possible implementation modes are only exemplary illustrations and should not constitute any limitation to the solution of this application.
S430,网络设备根据该第一信息调整终端设备的配置。S430. The network device adjusts the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
示例性的,网络设备可以根据第一信息调整终端设备上行资源的调度,和/或网络设备可以根据第一信息调整终端设备上行波束的配置,和/或网络设备可以根据第一信息调整终端设备物理信道的资源等。本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the network device may adjust the scheduling of uplink resources of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device may adjust the configuration of the uplink beam of the terminal device according to the first information, and/or the network device may adjust the configuration of the terminal device's uplink beam according to the first information Physical channel resources, etc. This application does not specifically limit it.
具体地,针对网络设备对终端设备配置的调整,可以是以下调整方案中的一种或多种,例如降低调制和编码方案(modulation andcoding scheme,MCS)的索引值、减少上行传输的层数、配置新的下行波束beam、未低于预设阈值可以继续使用该上行波束等。Specifically, the adjustment of the network device to the terminal device configuration may be one or more of the following adjustment schemes, such as reducing the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), reducing the number of layers of uplink transmission, Configure a new downlink beam, and continue to use the uplink beam if it is not lower than the preset threshold.
根据本申请提供的技术方案,终端设备通过开启第一功能,并在调整上行传输功率后,向网络设备发送第一信息,使得网络设备在接收该第一信息后,根据第一信息调整终端设备的配置。这能够进一步优化终端设备在第一功能开启时上行数据的传输效率、无线链路的连接质量、以及资源块(resource block,RB)的分配等。According to the technical solution provided by this application, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device after enabling the first function and adjusting the uplink transmission power, so that the network device adjusts the terminal device according to the first information after receiving the first information. Configuration. This can further optimize uplink data transmission efficiency, wireless link connection quality, resource block (resource block, RB) allocation, etc. of the terminal device when the first function is enabled.
图5是适用本申请实施例的通信方法的另一例示意图,具体实现步骤500包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and the
S510,终端设备开启第一功能。S510, the terminal device enables the first function.
其中,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE进行调整上行传输功率。Wherein, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE.
进一步地,开启第一功能还可以是触发、激活第一功能等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Further, enabling the first function may also be triggering, activating the first function, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application.
需要说明的是,终端设备开启第一功能之前,需要获取该MPE。并且,在开启该第一功能之后,终端设备还需要将自身发射功率与该MPE进行比较,进而根据MPE要求进行调整上行传输功率。It should be noted that the MPE needs to be obtained before the terminal device enables the first function. Moreover, after enabling the first function, the terminal device also needs to compare its own transmission power with the MPE, and then adjust the uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
示例性的,该MPE可以是协议预定义的,或者是网络设备通知终端设备该小区能够承受的最大允许辐射量等,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the MPE may be predefined by the protocol, or the network device notifies the terminal device of the maximum allowable radiation that the cell can withstand, etc., which is not specifically limited in this application.
S520,该终端设备向网络设备发送第一移动性报告。S520. The terminal device sends a first mobility report to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first mobility report from the terminal device.
其中,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息。Wherein, the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
示例性的,终端设备根据第一功能调整上行传输功率;在调整所述上行传输功率后,终端设备检测到切换失败HOF或无线链路故障RLF,并记录该第一移动性报告。Exemplarily, the terminal device adjusts uplink transmission power according to the first function; after adjusting the uplink transmission power, the terminal device detects a handover failure HOF or a radio link failure RLF, and records the first mobility report.
需要说明的是,该MPE功能开启信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:检测到HOF或RLF时的上行传输功率、上行剩余传输功率、最大上行传输功率、是否根据MPE调整过 上行传输功率、根据MPE调整的上行传输功率值、在HOF或RLF之前的最后一次成功进行上行传输时的传输功率。It should be noted that the MPE function activation information includes at least one of the following information: uplink transmission power when HOF or RLF is detected, uplink remaining transmission power, maximum uplink transmission power, whether the uplink transmission power has been adjusted according to MPE, according to The uplink transmission power value adjusted by the MPE, and the transmission power of the last successful uplink transmission before HOF or RLF.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。并且,终端设备根据该指示信息开启该第一功能。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device. And, the terminal device enables the first function according to the indication information.
其中,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息,用于指示终端设备开启该第一功能,和/或该指示信息用于指示该第一功能的开启条件。Wherein, the indication information may be 1 bit indication information used to instruct the terminal device to enable the first function, and/or the indication information is used to indicate a condition for enabling the first function.
在本申请实施例中,第一功能的开启条件可以包括:终端设备检测到理论危险区域NHZ存在人和/或物体。In this embodiment of the present application, the condition for enabling the first function may include: the terminal device detects that there are people and/or objects in the theoretical danger zone NHZ.
进一步地,开启条件还可以包括在第一时段内,终端设备检测到NHZ始终存在人和/或物体。其中,该第一时段可以是5ms等,本申请对此不作具体限定。即终端设备在连续的5ms内均检测到NHZ中有人和/或物体,那么终端设备需要开启第一功能,并根据该MPE的要求进行调整自身的上行传输功率。Further, the enabling condition may also include that within the first period of time, the terminal device detects that there are always people and/or objects in the NHZ. Wherein, the first period of time may be 5 ms, etc., which is not specifically limited in the present application. That is, if the terminal device detects people and/or objects in the NHZ within 5 ms consecutively, then the terminal device needs to enable the first function, and adjust its own uplink transmission power according to the requirements of the MPE.
具体地,可以让终端设备在检测到NHZ内有人是生成一个计时器,在计时器的值超过5ms时就开始根据MPE要求调整UL功率。如果终端设备在计时器还没有超过5ms的时候发现NHZ就没有人或物体,该计时器将会重置。Specifically, the terminal device can generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and start to adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds 5 ms. If the end device detects that there is no person or object in the NHZ when the timer has not exceeded 5ms, the timer will be reset.
作为示例而非限定,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,可以周期性地发送该指示信息,或者单播或广播该指示信息。本申请对此不作具体限定。As an example but not a limitation, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the indication information may be sent periodically, or the indication information may be unicast or broadcast. This application does not specifically limit it.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends capability information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。并且,网络设备在自身具有与MPE相关功能的情况下,根据该能力信息确定用于指示终端设备开启第一功能的指示信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device. Moreover, in a case that the network device itself has an MPE-related function, it determines indication information for instructing the terminal device to enable the first function according to the capability information.
其中,该能力信息用于指示终端设备支持该第一功能。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the first function.
需要说明的是,表示终端设备是否支持MPE去调节发射功率的能力可以是1bit的指示信息。这1bit的决定权取决于终端设备的硬件条件,表示终端设备是否有该能力。比如终端设备是否有能力去检测NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且是否能判断遮挡物是否是人体;如果不能检测,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be noted that, indicating whether the terminal device supports the ability of the MPE to adjust the transmit power may be 1-bit indication information. The decision right of this 1 bit depends on the hardware condition of the terminal device, indicating whether the terminal device has this capability. For example, whether the terminal device has the ability to detect whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and whether it can determine whether the obstruction is a human body; if it cannot detect, it cannot determine whether there is a person in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
可选地,终端设备可以在初始接入时就将能力信息上报给网络设备;在切换过程中,源网络设备也可以把该终端设备的MPE相关功能发送给目标网络设备,比如在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。Optionally, the terminal device can report the capability information to the network device during initial access; during the handover process, the source network device can also send the MPE-related functions of the terminal device to the target network device, for example, in the handover request information (handover request message).
作为示例而非限定,该第一移动性报告的收发,可以包括以下几种可能实现方式:As an example but not a limitation, the sending and receiving of the first mobility report may include the following possible implementation manners:
其一,终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告。First, the terminal device periodically sends the first mobility report to the network device.
对应的,网络设备周期性地接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告;或者,Correspondingly, the network device periodically receives the first mobility report from the terminal device; or,
其二,当终端设备根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度超过预设阈值时,该终端设备记录并向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告。Second, when the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted by the terminal device according to the first function exceeds a preset threshold, the terminal device records and sends the first mobility report to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first mobility report from the terminal device.
示例性的,这里预设阈值可以是5dB,即终端设备在多次调整上行传输功率的幅度累计达到5dB,或者单次调整上行传输功率的幅度大于或等于5dB时,需要记录并向网络设备发送其调整的上行传输功率幅度或者调整后的上行传输功率。Exemplarily, the preset threshold here may be 5dB, that is, when the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power for multiple times and the cumulative amplitude reaches 5dB, or when the single adjustment of the uplink transmission power is greater than or equal to 5dB, it needs to record and send to the network device The adjusted uplink transmission power range or the adjusted uplink transmission power.
其三,网络设备向终端设备发送请求消息。Third, the network device sends a request message to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的请求消息。并且,终端设备根据该请求消息向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the request message from the network device. And, the terminal device sends the first mobility report to the network device according to the request message.
其中,该请求消息用于请求获取该第一移动性报告;Wherein, the request message is used to request to obtain the first mobility report;
作为示例而非限定,网络设备向终端设备发送请求信息,可以周期性地发送该请求信息,或者单播或广播该请求信息。本申请对此不作具体限定。As an example but not a limitation, the network device sends the request information to the terminal device, and the request information may be sent periodically, or unicast or broadcast the request information. This application does not specifically limit it.
需要说明的是,上述几种可能的方式既可以单独实现,可以组合实现。It should be noted that the above-mentioned several possible manners can be implemented individually or in combination.
示例性的,终端设备在接收来自网络设备的请求消息后,可以直接向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告;或者,终端设备周期性地向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告;又或者,终端设备基于该请求消息,需要等到根据第一功能调整上行传输功率的幅度达到预设阈值的情况下,才向网络设备发送该第一移动性报告等。本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, after receiving the request message from the network device, the terminal device may directly send the first mobility report to the network device; or, the terminal device periodically sends the first mobility report to the network device; or, Based on the request message, the terminal device needs to wait until the range of the uplink transmission power adjusted according to the first function reaches a preset threshold before sending the first mobility report and the like to the network device. This application does not specifically limit it.
应理解,上述几种可能的实现方式仅是示例性说明,不应对本申请方案构成任何限定It should be understood that the above-mentioned several possible implementation modes are only exemplary illustrations and should not constitute any limitation to the solution of this application.
S530,网络设备根据该第一移动性报告配置第一移动性参数。S530. The network device configures a first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
其中,移动性参数可以包括触发切换的阈值(threshold value)等。Wherein, the mobility parameter may include a threshold value (threshold value) for triggering handover, and the like.
示例性的,若UE切换失败HOF,基站可以认为切换失败是由于UE切换过早导致的。那么,基站就会提高切换的阀值,使得UE切换难度增加,进而会导致切换的时刻更晚一些。具体配置移动性参数的细节可以参见现有技术,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, if the UE fails in HOF handover, the base station may consider that the handover failure is caused by the premature handover of the UE. Then, the base station will increase the handover threshold, which will increase the handover difficulty of the UE, which in turn will cause the handover time to be later. Details of the specific configuration of the mobility parameters may refer to the prior art, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
综上所述,通过上述提供的实现方案,终端设备在移动性报告中记录MPE的信息,可以让网络设备在接收来自终端设备的移动性报告后,可以判断HOF或者RLF失败是否是因为MPE的原因导致的;这样网络设备就可以有针对性的为终端设备配置合理的移动性参数。To sum up, through the implementation scheme provided above, the terminal device records the information of the MPE in the mobility report, which allows the network device to determine whether the HOF or RLF failure is due to the MPE after receiving the mobility report from the terminal device. cause; in this way, the network device can configure reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device in a targeted manner.
图6是适用本申请实施例的通信方法的又一例示意图,终端设备上报MPE功能开启信息,使得网络设备根据该MPE功能开启信息对终端设备的上行调度和资源分配进行进一步优化和调整。具体实现步骤600包括:6 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The terminal device reports the MPE function activation information, so that the network device further optimizes and adjusts the uplink scheduling and resource allocation of the terminal device according to the MPE function activation information. The
S610,终端设备(例如,UE)向网络设备(例如,基站)发送能力信息。S610, a terminal device (for example, UE) sends capability information to a network device (for example, a base station).
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
其中,该能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
应理解,终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力取决于UE的硬件条件,比如UE是否有能力检测到NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且进一步地,UE是否能够判断遮挡物是否为人体。如果UE不能检测到,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be understood that whether the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
作为示例而非限定,UE是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力可以通过1bit的指示信息来表示。示例性的,UE可以在初始接入时就将该指示信息上报给基站;在切换过程中,源基站也可以把该UE的MPE相关功能发送给目标基站,比如包括在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。As an example but not a limitation, whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information. Exemplarily, the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
S620,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。S620, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
其中,该指示信息用于指示UE是否打开MPE相关功能。Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
需要说明的是,基站在收到UE上报的1bitMPE相关能力后,既要考虑UE是否支持MPE相关功能,还要考虑自身是否具备MPE相关功能。即:It should be noted that, after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capability reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports the MPE-related function, but also consider whether itself has the MPE-related function. which is:
如果UE不支持MPE相关功能,不论基站是否支持MPE相关功能,基站可以选择不用向UE发送指示信息,或者基站也可以下发UE不开启MPE相关功能的指示消息。If the UE does not support MPE-related functions, regardless of whether the base station supports MPE-related functions, the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,但是基站不支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示该UE不开启MPE相关功能。对应的,UE将不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions, but the base station does not support MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions. Correspondingly, the UE will not enable the MPE function.
可选地,基站可以直接不向UE发送指示信息,这样UE在没收到指示信息后也不会开启MPE相关功能。Optionally, the base station may not directly send the indication information to the UE, so that the UE will not enable the MPE-related function after not receiving the indication information.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,且基站也支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示UE是否开启MPE相关功能,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息。如果该指示信息用于指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE则不开启MPE相关功能;如果该指示信息用于指示UE开启MPE相关功能,那么该指示信息中还可以携带1bit信息,用于指示UE自己决定是否开启MPE相关功能。如果UE决定开启MPE功能,那么可以进一步判断是否满足MPE的开启条件,如果满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则开启MPE相关功能,如果不满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions and the base station also supports MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
示例性的,当UE在检测到NHZ有人时,该指示信息可以用于指示UE马上开启或不开启MPE相关的UL功率调节;可选地,该指示信息也可以是条件信息:比如,条件信息可以是一个时间T,用于指示当UE在检测到NHZ内有人时生成一个计时器,待计时器的值超过T的时候,就根据MPE要求调整UL功率。其中,如果计时器在没有超过T的时候,UE检测到NHZ内没有人了,该计时器便会重置。Exemplarily, when the UE detects that there are people in the NHZ, the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition information It may be a time T, which is used to indicate that when the UE detects someone in the NHZ, a timer is generated, and when the value of the timer exceeds T, the UL power is adjusted according to the MPE requirement. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
可选地,在步骤S620中,基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能时,还可以多加1bit信息让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。在某些情况下,例如链路条件较差时,或者UE与基站距离相距较远时,或者UE在传输一些需要保证高质量的信令或数据时,UE可以选择不开启MPE相关功能。因为在UE开启MPE相关功能后,很大可能会根据MPE的要求降低UL发射功率,可能会导致上述情况中信令或数据传输失败,或切换失败等问题发生。如果基站指示UE不开启MPE相关功能时,多加的1bit信息只能设置为不让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。Optionally, in step S620, when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
作为示例而非限定,在UE从源基站切换到目标基站时,如果双方基站能力相同(都有能力指示UE的MPE的开关,或者都没有能力指示UE的MPE的开关),则目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息;如果源基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息,也可以自己决定指示信息的内容;如果源基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以直接指示UE关闭MPE相关功能。As an example and not a limitation, when the UE is handed over from the source base station to the target base station, if both base stations have the same capabilities (both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch, or both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch), the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
S630,终端设备开启MPE相关功能。S630. The terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
比如,UE根据MPE要求,发现NHZ有人或物体,自主降低UL传输功率。For example, according to the MPE requirements, the UE finds people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power.
应理解,该步骤是建立在上述基站与UE都具有MPE相关功能的情况下,且基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能的情况下进行的。It should be understood that this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
可选地,UE具备自主决定是否开启MPE功能的能力,当UE决定开启MPE相关功能,且满足MPE开启条件的情况下,该步骤才能实现,进而调整UE UL功率。Optionally, the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function. When the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
需要说明的是,UE在接收来自基站的指示信息时,如果该指示信息指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE在下一次接收到MPE功能开启的指示信息之前是不会开启的。It should be noted that, when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
S640,终端设备向网络设备发送MPE功能开启信息。S640. The terminal device sends the MPE function enabling information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的MPE功能开启信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the MPE function activation information from the terminal device.
示例性的,若UE开启MPE功能并进行UL功率调整,比如降低UL传输功率。那么UE向基站上报根据MPE要求调整UL功率后的相关信息,可以包括以下信息的至少一种:Exemplarily, if the UE enables the MPE function and performs UL power adjustment, such as reducing UL transmission power. Then the UE reports to the base station relevant information after adjusting the UL power according to the MPE requirements, which may include at least one of the following information:
(1)受影响的UL beam信息(如果UE上行为波束级);(1) Affected UL beam information (if the UE behaves at the beam level);
(2)MPE功能开启后,UE UL的最大传输功率;(2) After the MPE function is enabled, the maximum transmission power of UE UL;
其中,根据当前技术来看,指示UL beam信息并不是准确指示上行beam的ID,需要通过DL/UL的关联关系进行隐式指示。比如用UL beam关联的DL beam的ID去指示该UL beam。Among them, according to the current technology, indicating the UL beam information does not accurately indicate the ID of the uplink beam, and needs to be implicitly indicated through the DL/UL association relationship. For example, use the ID of the DL beam associated with the UL beam to indicate the UL beam.
应理解,本申请并不排除后续可能的实现方式,例如,UE可以直接向基站显式指示UL beam的ID。It should be understood that the present application does not exclude subsequent possible implementation manners, for example, the UE may directly explicitly indicate the ID of the UL beam to the base station.
示例性的,由于NHZ内有人的活动或UE的移动,UE的发射功率也会根据MPE要求进行调整,所以UE需要周期性地上报MPE功能开启后的相关信息;或者UE发射功率增加或减少量超过某一阈值的时候,触发UE记录MPE相关功能信息,或者基于基站的请求消息上报,该请求消息可以由基站周期性地通过广播或者单播的方式发送给该UE。Exemplarily, due to the activities of people in the NHZ or the movement of the UE, the transmit power of the UE will also be adjusted according to the requirements of the MPE, so the UE needs to periodically report the relevant information after the MPE function is enabled; or the increase or decrease of the UE transmit power When a certain threshold is exceeded, the UE is triggered to record MPE-related function information, or to report based on a request message from the base station. The request message can be periodically sent to the UE by the base station in a broadcast or unicast manner.
S650,网络设备根据MPE功能开启信息优化资源配置。S650, the network device optimizes resource configuration according to the MPE function enabling information.
其中,这里的优化资源配置可以是调整UE的UL beam配置,和/或改变UE的上行调度,这取决于上述步骤S630中UE上报的MPE功能开启信息中的受影响的UL beam信息和/或MPE功能开启后,UE UL的最大传输功率。Wherein, the optimal resource configuration here may be to adjust the UE's UL beam configuration, and/or change the UE's uplink scheduling, which depends on the affected UL beam information and/or in the MPE function activation information reported by the UE in step S630 above After the MPE function is enabled, the maximum transmission power of UE UL.
示例性的,对于调整UE上行调度来说,可以通过降低上行时的调制和编码方案(modulation andcoding scheme,MCS)的索引值,从而降低调制阶数,保证上行数据的正确传输。根据MPE要求调整的UL功率的值越大,调制和编码方案MCS的索引值降低的越多;如果UE UL支持空分复用(space division multiplexing,SDM)的话,也可以减少上行传输的阶数。Exemplarily, for adjusting the uplink scheduling of the UE, the index value of the modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) during the uplink can be reduced, so as to reduce the modulation order and ensure the correct transmission of the uplink data. The greater the value of the UL power adjusted according to the MPE requirements, the more the index value of the modulation and coding scheme MCS is reduced; if the UE UL supports space division multiplexing (SDM), the order of uplink transmission can also be reduced .
示例性的,对于调整UL beam配置来说,如果根据MPE要求调整UE UL功率,使得基站知道某个beam受到影响,并且该波束的发射功率低于某个功率阈值时,基站可以配置新的下行波束beam,从而避免使用被挡住的UL beam,直到下次收到该beam不再受MPE影响的消息后,再恢复对其的正常使用。Exemplarily, for adjusting UL beam configuration, if the UE UL power is adjusted according to MPE requirements, so that the base station knows that a certain beam is affected, and when the transmit power of the beam is lower than a certain power threshold, the base station can configure a new downlink Beam beam, so as to avoid using the blocked UL beam, and resume its normal use until the next time the beam is no longer affected by the MPE.
可选地,如果根据MPE要求调整UE UL功率,使得基站知道某个beam受到影响,但是该波束的发射功率并没有低于某个预设的功率阈值时,基站可以选择正常使用该beam,也可以选择重新配置新的beam。Optionally, if the UE UL power is adjusted according to MPE requirements, so that the base station knows that a beam is affected, but the transmit power of the beam is not lower than a preset power threshold, the base station can choose to use the beam normally, or There is an option to reconfigure the new beam.
综上所述,通过上述提供的实现方案,网络设备可以知道UE是否开启MPE功能,以及MPE功能开启的相关信息,并且网络设备可以根据MPE功能开启的相关信息,对受到MPE影响的无线链路进行优化调整,从而提升上升传输效率。To sum up, through the implementation scheme provided above, the network device can know whether the UE has enabled the MPE function, as well as information related to the activation of the MPE function, and the network device can monitor the wireless links affected by the MPE according to the information related to the activation of the MPE function. Make optimization adjustments to improve the efficiency of the upward transmission.
图7是适用本申请实施例的通信方法的又一例示意图,与上述方法600不同的之处在于,终端设备上报PH信息,使得网络设备根据该PH信息对终端设备的上行调度和资源分配进行进一步优化和调整。例如,在终端设备开启MPE相关功能期间,根据MPE要求调整UE UL功率,可能会对PH值的计算产生影响,终端设备可以对该影响进行上报,即根据MPE的影响更新PH的计算,网络设备就可以根据更新后的PH值更加合理地为终端 设备分配RB资源,避免把大量的资源分配给受MPE限制影响的终端设备。具体实现步骤700包括:7 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The difference from the
S710,终端设备(例如,UE)向网络设备(例如,基站)发送能力信息。S710, a terminal device (for example, UE) sends capability information to a network device (for example, a base station).
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
其中,该能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
应理解,终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力取决于UE的硬件条件,比如UE是否有能力检测到NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且进一步地,UE是否能够判断遮挡物是否为人体。如果UE不能检测到,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be understood that whether the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
作为示例而非限定,UE是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力可以通过1bit的指示信息来表示。示例性的,UE可以在初始接入时就将该指示信息上报给基站;在切换过程中,源基站也可以把该UE的MPE相关功能发送给目标基站,比如包括在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。As an example but not a limitation, whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information. Exemplarily, the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
S720,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。S720, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
其中,该指示信息用于指示UE是否打开MPE相关功能。Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
需要说明的是,基站在收到UE上报的1bitMPE相关能力后,既要考虑UE是否支持MPE相关功能,还要开了自身是否具备MPE相关功能。即:It should be noted that, after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
如果UE不支持MPE相关功能,不论基站是否支持MPE相关功能,基站可以选择不用向UE发送指示信息,或者基站也可以下发UE不开启MPE相关功能的指示消息。If the UE does not support MPE-related functions, regardless of whether the base station supports MPE-related functions, the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,但是基站不支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示该UE不开启MPE相关功能。对应的,UE将不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions, but the base station does not support MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions. Correspondingly, the UE will not enable the MPE function.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,且基站也支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示UE是否开启MPE相关功能,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息。如果该指示信息用于指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE则不开启MPE相关功能;如果该指示信息用于指示UE开启MPE相关功能,那么该指示信息中还可以携带1bit信息,用于指示UE自己决定是否开启MPE相关功能。如果UE决定开启MPE功能,那么可以进一步判断是否满足MPE的开启条件,如果满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则开启MPE相关功能,如果不满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions and the base station also supports MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
示例性的,当UE在检测到NHZ有人时,该指示信息可以用于指示UE马上开启或不开启MPE相关的UL功率调节;可选地,该指示信息也可以是条件信息:比如,条件信息可以是一个时间T,用于指示当UE在检测到NHZ内有人时生成一个计时器,待计时器的值超过T的时候,就根据MPE要求调整UL功率。其中,如果计时器在没有超过T的时候,UE检测到NHZ内没有人了,该计时器便会重置。Exemplarily, when the UE detects that there are people in the NHZ, the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition information It may be a time T, which is used to indicate that when the UE detects someone in the NHZ, a timer is generated, and when the value of the timer exceeds T, the UL power is adjusted according to the MPE requirement. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
可选地,在步骤S620中,基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能时,还可以多加1bit信息让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。在某些情况下,例如链路条件较差时,或者UE与基站距离相距较远时,或者UE在传输一些需要保证高质量的信令或数据时,UE可以选择不开启MPE相关功能。因为在UE开启MPE相关功能后,很大可能会根据MPE的要求降低UL发射功率,可能会导致上述情况中信令或数据传输失败,或切换失败等问 题发生。如果基站指示UE不开启MPE相关功能时,多加的1bit信息只能设置为不让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。Optionally, in step S620, when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. After the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
作为示例而非限定,在UE从源基站切换到目标基站时,如果双方基站能力相同(都有能力指示UE的MPE的开关,或者都没有能力指示UE的MPE的开关),则目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息;如果源基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息,也可以自己决定指示信息的内容;如果源基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以直接指示UE关闭MPE相关功能。As an example and not a limitation, when the UE is handed over from the source base station to the target base station, if both base stations have the same capabilities (both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch, or both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch), the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
S730,终端设备开启MPE相关功能。S730. The terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
比如,UE根据MPE要求,发现NHZ有人或物体,自主降低UL传输功率。For example, according to the MPE requirements, the UE finds people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power.
应理解,该步骤是建立在上述基站与UE都具有MPE相关功能的情况下,且基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能的情况下进行的。It should be understood that this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
可选地,UE具备自主决定是否开启MPE功能的能力,当UE决定开启MPE相关功能,且满足MPE开启条件的情况下,该步骤才能实现,进而调整UE UL功率。Optionally, the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function. When the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
需要说明的是,UE在接收来自基站的指示信息时,如果该指示信息指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE在下一次接收到MPE功能开启的指示信息之前是不会开启的。It should be noted that, when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
S740,终端设备根据MPE调整UL功率时,记录PH相关信息。S740. When the terminal device adjusts UL power according to the MPE, record PH related information.
其中,UE记录并上报的内容可以是UL PH或者是UE的最大发射功率,这些信息可以用于网络设备更新对该UE的PH值的计算。Wherein, the content recorded and reported by the UE may be the UL PH or the maximum transmit power of the UE, and such information may be used by the network device to update the calculation of the PH value of the UE.
需要说明的是,MPE功能开启后的PH的计算会受到影响,PH的计算方式为由原本的:It should be noted that the calculation of PH after the MPE function is turned on will be affected, and the calculation method of PH is changed from the original:
Power Headroom=P max-P PUSCH Power Headroom=P max -P PUSCH
其中,P max为UE在不受MPE影响下的最大的传输功率、P PUSCH为PUSCH传输功率,改变为: Among them, P max is the maximum transmission power of the UE without being affected by MPE, and P PUSCH is the transmission power of PUSCH, which is changed to:
Power Headroom MPE=P max_MPE-P PUSCH_MPE Power Headroom MPE =P max_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
其中,P max_MPE为MEP功能开启后的UE最大传输功率,P PUSCH_MPE为受MEP影响的PUSCH传输功率,该传输功率由UE与人体的相对位置决定。 Wherein, P max_MPE is the UE maximum transmission power after the MEP function is enabled, and P PUSCH_MPE is the PUSCH transmission power affected by the MEP, and the transmission power is determined by the relative position of the UE and the human body.
特别地,如果PH的计算公式不及时更新的话,会导致PH值的计算出现误差,即:In particular, if the calculation formula of PH is not updated in time, it will lead to errors in the calculation of PH value, namely:
Power Headroom=P MAX_MPE-P PUSCH_MPE Power Headroom=P MAX_MPE -P PUSCH_MPE
图8示出的是UE根据MPE调整发射功率的前后PH值计算的一例示意图。如图8所示,在UE根据MPE调整发射功率之前,Power Headroom=P max-P PUSCH;在UE根据MPE调整发射功率之后,人体不处于NHZ区域内。此时,P max与P PUSCH都因为受到MPE的影响发生变化,如果UE不及时更新和上报PH的计算方式和PH值,网络设备可能会对该UE进行不合理地资源分配。 FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing an example of PH value calculation before and after the UE adjusts the transmit power according to the MPE. As shown in FIG. 8 , before the UE adjusts the transmission power according to the MPE, Power Headroom=P max -P PUSCH ; after the UE adjusts the transmission power according to the MPE, the human body is not in the NHZ area. At this time, both P max and P PUSCH change due to the influence of the MPE. If the UE does not update and report the PH calculation method and PH value in time, the network device may allocate unreasonable resources to the UE.
应理解,由于UE与人体的相对位置不断变化,因此可以周期性地触发或者以事件触发,对UE UL功率余量报告PH或者UE的最大发射功率进行测量和上报。对于以事件触发情况,可以是UE由于MPE的原因调整功率(增加或减少)的幅度超过了某个阈值,才可以触发测量与上报UL PH或者UE的最大发射功率。It should be understood that since the relative position between the UE and the human body is constantly changing, it can be triggered periodically or by an event to measure and report the UL power headroom report PH of the UE or the maximum transmit power of the UE. For event-triggered situations, it can be triggered to measure and report the UL PH or the maximum transmit power of the UE only when the range of the UE’s power adjustment (increase or decrease) exceeds a certain threshold due to MPE.
示例性的,假设触发测量的阈值是1dB,UE UL原来的最大发射功率为15dB,但因 为受到MPE的影响导致UE UL的最大发射功率降到了13.5dB,这时就会触发UL PH的测量与上报。For example, suppose the threshold for triggering measurement is 1dB, and the original maximum transmit power of UE UL is 15dB, but due to the impact of MPE, the maximum transmit power of UE UL drops to 13.5dB, then the measurement of UL PH and report.
可选地,网络设备在根据UE上报的ULPH分配RB资源之前,可以向UE发送请求消息,用于请求UE测量与上报当前的PH值,该值可能受到MPE的影响,也可能没有受到MPE的影响。然后,网络设备再根据最新的PH值进行RB资源的分配。Optionally, before allocating RB resources according to the ULPH reported by the UE, the network device may send a request message to the UE to request the UE to measure and report the current PH value, which may or may not be affected by the MPE influences. Then, the network device allocates RB resources according to the latest PH value.
S750,终端设备向网络设备发送PH相关信息。S750. The terminal device sends PH related information to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的PH相关信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives PH-related information from the terminal device.
示例性的,终端设备可以通过功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR)上报受MPE影响的PH相关信息。Exemplarily, the terminal device may report PH-related information affected by the MPE through a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR).
S760,网络设备根据PH值优化资源配置。S760, the network device optimizes resource allocation according to the pH value.
综上所述,通过上述提供的实现方案,在UE开启MPE相关功能期间,UE可以根据MPE影响更新PH的计算方式并上报,网络设备就可以根据更新后的PH值更加合理地给UE分配RB资源,避免把大量的资源分配给受MPE限制影响的UE。To sum up, through the implementation scheme provided above, when the UE enables the MPE-related functions, the UE can update the PH calculation method according to the MPE impact and report it, and the network device can allocate RBs to the UE more reasonably according to the updated PH value resources to avoid allocating large amounts of resources to UEs affected by MPE constraints.
图9是适用本申请实施例的通信方法的又一例示意图,与上述方法600和700不同之处在于,UE在移动性报告中记录MPE功能开启信息,并向网络设备发送该移动性报告,使得网络设备避免配置不合理的移动性参数。例如,在UE开启MPE相关功能期间,如果发生HOF或者UL失败导致的RLF,UE可以在移动性报告中记录MPE的相关信息,基站可以通过移动性报告知道此次HOF或者RLF是否是因为MPE开启而引起的,从而可以准确地配置移动性参数,减少移动性参数配置错误的情况发生。具体实现步骤900包括:9 is a schematic diagram of another example of the communication method applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The difference from the
S910,终端设备(例如,UE)向网络设备(例如,基站)发送能力信息。S910, a terminal device (for example, UE) sends capability information to a network device (for example, a base station).
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
其中,该能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
应理解,终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力取决于UE的硬件条件,比如UE是否有能力检测到NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且进一步地,UE是否能够判断遮挡物是否为人体。如果UE不能检测到,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be understood that whether the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
作为示例而非限定,UE是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力可以通过1bit的指示信息来表示。示例性的,UE可以在初始接入时就将该指示信息上报给基站;在切换过程中,源基站也可以把该UE的MPE相关功能发送给目标基站,比如包括在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。As an example but not a limitation, whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information. Exemplarily, the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
S920,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。S920, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
其中,该指示信息用于指示UE是否打开MPE相关功能。Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
需要说明的是,基站在收到UE上报的1bitMPE相关能力后,既要考虑UE是否支持MPE相关功能,还要开了自身是否具备MPE相关功能。即:It should be noted that, after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
如果UE不支持MPE相关功能,不论基站是否支持MPE相关功能,基站可以选择不用向UE发送指示信息,或者基站也可以下发UE不开启MPE相关功能的指示消息。If the UE does not support MPE-related functions, regardless of whether the base station supports MPE-related functions, the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,但是基站不支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发 送指示信息,用于指示该UE不开启MPE相关功能。对应的,UE将不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions, but the base station does not support MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable MPE-related functions. Correspondingly, the UE will not enable the MPE function.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,且基站也支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示UE是否开启MPE相关功能,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息。如果该指示信息用于指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE则不开启MPE相关功能;如果该指示信息用于指示UE开启MPE相关功能,那么该指示信息中还可以携带1bit信息,用于指示UE自己决定是否开启MPE相关功能。如果UE决定开启MPE功能,那么可以进一步判断是否满足MPE的开启条件,如果满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则开启MPE相关功能,如果不满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions and the base station also supports MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
示例性的,当UE在检测到NHZ里有人时,该指示信息可以用于指示UE马上开启或不开启MPE相关的UL功率调节;可选地,该指示信息也可以是条件信息:比如,条件信息可以是一个时间T,用于指示当UE在检测到NHZ内有人时生成一个计时器,待计时器的值超过T的时候,就根据MPE要求调整UL功率。其中,如果计时器在没有超过T的时候,UE检测到NHZ内没有人了,该计时器便会重置。Exemplarily, when the UE detects that there are people in the NHZ, the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition The information may be a time T, which is used to instruct the UE to generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds T. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
可选地,在步骤S620中,基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能时,还可以多加1bit信息让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。在某些情况下,例如链路条件较差时,或者UE与基站距离相距较远时,或者UE在传输一些需要保证高质量的信令或数据时,UE可以选择不开启MPE相关功能。因为在UE开启MPE相关功能后,很大可能会根据MPE的要求降低UL发射功率,可能会导致上述情况中信令或数据传输失败,或切换失败等问题发生。如果基站指示UE不开启MPE相关功能时,多加的1bit信息只能设置为不让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。Optionally, in step S620, when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
作为示例而非限定,在UE从源基站切换到目标基站时,如果双方基站能力相同(都有能力指示UE的MPE的开关,或者都没有能力指示UE的MPE的开关),则目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息;如果源基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息,也可以自己决定指示信息的内容;如果源基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以直接指示UE关闭MPE相关功能。As an example and not a limitation, when the UE is handed over from the source base station to the target base station, if both base stations have the same capabilities (both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch, or both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch), the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
S930,终端设备开启MPE相关功能。S930, the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
比如,UE发现NHZ有人或物体,并根据MPE要求自主降低UL传输功率。For example, the UE detects people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power according to the MPE requirements.
应理解,该步骤是建立在上述基站与UE都具有MPE相关功能的情况下,且基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能的情况下进行的。It should be understood that this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
可选地,UE具备自主决定是否开启MPE功能的能力,当UE决定开启MPE相关功能,且满足MPE开启条件的情况下,该步骤才能实现,进而调整UE UL功率。Optionally, the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function. When the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
需要说明的是,UE在接收来自基站的指示信息时,如果该指示信息指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE在下一次接收到MPE功能开启的指示信息之前是不会开启的。It should be noted that, when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
S940,终端设备检测到切换失败HOF或者UL失败导致的RLF。S940, the terminal device detects RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure.
示例性的,由于UE在开启MPE功能后降低上行传输功率,导致HOF和/或RLF的存在。然后,UE会生成一个RLF报告,并向网络设备发送该RLF报告。Exemplarily, HOF and/or RLF exist because the UE reduces the uplink transmission power after enabling the MPE function. Then, the UE generates an RLF report and sends the RLF report to the network device.
应理解,切换失败HOF或UL失败导致的RLF可能是因为UE要满足MPE的条件而降低了UL发射功率引起的;和/或HOF或RLF也可能是当时上行传输时链路质量太差引 起的,本申请对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure may be caused by reducing the UL transmit power because the UE needs to meet the MPE conditions; and/or HOF or RLF may also be caused by the poor link quality during uplink transmission at that time , this application does not specifically limit it.
S950,终端设备记录MPE功能开启信息。S950. The terminal device records information about enabling the MPE function.
UE开启MEP功能后若检测到HOF或者UL失败导致的RLF时,UE可以记录MPE信息,具体包括如下信息的至少一种:After the UE enables the MEP function, if it detects HOF or RLF caused by UL failure, the UE can record MPE information, including at least one of the following information:
(1)UE是否根据MPE要求调整过UL发射功率;(1) Whether the UE has adjusted the UL transmission power according to the MPE requirements;
(2)UE由于MPE的原因调整UL发射功率的值;对应地,可以上报UE UL功率余量PH,或者UE的最大发射功率。(2) The UE adjusts the value of the UL transmit power due to the MPE; correspondingly, it can report the UE UL power headroom PH, or the maximum transmit power of the UE.
(3)UE检测到HOF/RLF时的UL发射功率;(3) UL transmit power when UE detects HOF/RLF;
(4)UE上一次成功UL时的发射功率。(4) The transmit power of the UE when it succeeded in UL last time.
示例性的,如果MPE相关信息中表示UE没有根据MPE调整过UL的发射功率,则此次的HOF或RLF与MPE无关,那么可能是因为UE或者人体发生了移动导致,或者是当时链路质量较差导致;如果MPE相关信息中记录了UE根据MPE调整了UL的发射功率,则认为此次的HOF或RLF与MPE可能有关,UE可以选择只记录由MPE功率调整时UL功率的减少值。根据MPE要求降低UL发射功率的值越大,说明HOF或者RLF与MPE的相关程度越高。For example, if the MPE-related information indicates that the UE has not adjusted the UL transmission power according to the MPE, then the HOF or RLF this time has nothing to do with the MPE, and it may be caused by the movement of the UE or the human body, or the link quality at that time Poor results; if the MPE-related information records that the UE adjusted the UL transmit power according to the MPE, it is considered that the HOF or RLF may be related to the MPE, and the UE can choose to only record the UL power reduction value when it is adjusted by the MPE power. The greater the value of reducing the UL transmit power according to the MPE requirement, the higher the degree of correlation between HOF or RLF and MPE.
本申请实施例中,UL发射功率减少的值可以有多种计算方式,比如P max-P MAX_MPE。可选地,UE可以将UE上一次成功UL的发射功率的值作为参考量,将检测到HOF/RLF时的UL发射功率记录下来进行比较。 In the embodiment of the present application, the value of the UL transmit power reduction may be calculated in various manners, such as P max -P MAX_MPE . Optionally, the UE may take the value of the last successful UL transmission power of the UE as a reference, and record the UL transmission power when HOF/RLF is detected for comparison.
S960,终端设备向网络设备发送移动性报告。S960, the terminal device sends a mobility report to the network device.
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的移动性报告。Correspondingly, the network device receives the mobility report from the terminal device.
其中,该移动性报告中包括MPE相关信息。Wherein, the mobility report includes MPE related information.
针对HOF或RLF失败,UE有应对的策略,比如进行小区重选等。待UE与基站能够正常通信时,UE才会向基站发送移动性报告。For HOF or RLF failure, UE has countermeasures, such as performing cell reselection. When the UE and the base station can communicate normally, the UE will send a mobility report to the base station.
S970,网络设备根据移动性报告为终端设备配置合理的移动性参数。S970. The network device configures reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device according to the mobility report.
其中,移动性参数可以包括触发切换的阈值(threshold value)等。Wherein, the mobility parameter may include a threshold value (threshold value) for triggering handover, and the like.
示例性的,若UE切换失败HOF,基站可以认为切换失败是由于UE切换过早导致的。那么,基站就会提高切换的阀值,使得UE切换难度增加,进而会导致切换的时刻更晚一些。具体配置移动性参数的细节可以参见现有技术,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, if the UE fails in HOF handover, the base station may consider that the handover failure is caused by the premature handover of the UE. Then, the base station will increase the handover threshold, which will increase the handover difficulty of the UE, which in turn will cause the handover time to be later. Details of the specific configuration of the mobility parameters may refer to the prior art, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
综上所述,通过上述提供的实现方案,终端设备在移动性报告中记录MPE的信息,可以让网络设备在接收来自终端设备的移动性报告后,可以判断HOF或者RLF失败是否是因为MPE的原因导致的;这样网络设备就可以有针对性的为终端设备配置合理的移动性参数。To sum up, through the implementation scheme provided above, the terminal device records the information of the MPE in the mobility report, which allows the network device to determine whether the HOF or RLF failure is due to the MPE after receiving the mobility report from the terminal device. cause; in this way, the network device can configure reasonable mobility parameters for the terminal device in a targeted manner.
图10是适用本申请实施例的方法的又一例示意图,与上述方法900的不同之处在于,终端设备不记录与MPE相关的移动性报告,使得网络设备完全可以避免配置不合理的移动性参数。例如,在UE开启MPE功能期间,其HOF或者RLF导致的移动性问题可能会与MPE相关,在此期间UE直接不记录移动性报告。那么网络设备在接收不到移动性报告的情况下,就可以完全避免了因为不知道MPE的信息而配置不合理的移动性参数。当然,网络设备也不会知道其他导致HOF或RLF发生的因素,也就不会配置合理的移动性参数,这对于UE在通信链路的传输有一定的影响。具体实现步骤1000包括:Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of the method applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The difference from the above method 900 is that the terminal device does not record the mobility report related to the MPE, so that the network device can completely avoid configuring unreasonable mobility parameters . For example, when the UE activates the MPE function, the mobility problem caused by its HOF or RLF may be related to the MPE, and the UE does not directly record the mobility report during this period. Then, when the network device does not receive the mobility report, it can completely avoid configuring unreasonable mobility parameters because it does not know the information of the MPE. Of course, the network device will not know other factors that cause HOF or RLF, and will not configure reasonable mobility parameters, which will have a certain impact on UE transmission on the communication link. The specific implementation step 1000 includes:
S1010,终端设备(例如,UE)向网络设备(例如,基站)发送能力信息。S1010, a terminal device (for example, UE) sends capability information to a network device (for example, a base station).
对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives capability information from the terminal device.
其中,能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力。Wherein, the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the capability of adjusting transmission power according to the requirement of the MPE.
应理解,终端设备是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力取决于UE的硬件条件,比如UE是否有能力检测到NHZ内是否有遮挡物,并且进一步地,UE是否能够判断遮挡物是否为人体。如果UE不能检测到,也就无法判断NHZ里是否有人,进而无法支持MPE相关的能力。It should be understood that whether the terminal device supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to MPE requirements depends on the hardware conditions of the UE, such as whether the UE is capable of detecting whether there is an obstruction in the NHZ, and further, whether the UE can determine whether the obstruction is a human body. If the UE cannot detect it, it cannot judge whether there are people in the NHZ, and thus cannot support MPE-related capabilities.
作为示例而非限定,UE是否支持根据MPE要求调节发射功率的能力可以通过1bit的指示信息来表示。示例性的,UE可以在初始接入时就将该指示信息上报给基站;在切换过程中,源基站也可以把该UE的MPE相关功能发送给目标基站,比如包括在切换请求信息(handover request message)中发送。As an example but not a limitation, whether the UE supports the ability to adjust transmit power according to the MPE requirement may be indicated by 1-bit indication information. Exemplarily, the UE may report the indication information to the base station during initial access; during the handover process, the source base station may also send the MPE-related functions of the UE to the target base station, for example, included in the handover request information (handover request message).
S1020,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。S1020, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
其中,该指示信息用于指示UE是否打开MPE相关功能。Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate whether the UE enables MPE-related functions.
需要说明的是,基站在收到UE上报的1bitMPE相关能力后,既要考虑UE是否支持MPE相关功能,还要开了自身是否具备MPE相关功能。即:It should be noted that, after receiving the 1bit MPE-related capabilities reported by the UE, the base station should not only consider whether the UE supports MPE-related functions, but also determine whether it has MPE-related functions. which is:
如果UE不支持MPE相关功能,不论基站是否支持MPE相关功能,基站可以选择不用向UE发送指示信息,或者基站也可以下发UE不开启MPE相关功能的指示消息。If the UE does not support MPE-related functions, regardless of whether the base station supports MPE-related functions, the base station may choose not to send indication information to the UE, or the base station may also issue an indication message that the UE does not enable MPE-related functions.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,但是基站不支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示该UE不开启MPE相关功能。对应的,UE将不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions, but the base station does not support MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to instruct the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions. Correspondingly, the UE will not enable the MPE function.
如果UE支持MPE相关功能,且基站也支持MPE相关功能,基站则可以向UE发送指示信息,用于指示UE是否开启MPE相关功能,该指示信息可以是1bit指示信息。如果该指示信息用于指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE则不开启MPE相关功能;如果该指示信息用于指示UE开启MPE相关功能,那么该指示信息中还可以携带1bit信息,用于指示UE自己决定是否开启MPE相关功能。如果UE决定开启MPE功能,那么可以进一步判断是否满足MPE的开启条件,如果满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则开启MPE相关功能,如果不满足MPE开启条件,那么UE则不开启MPE功能。If the UE supports MPE-related functions and the base station also supports MPE-related functions, the base station may send indication information to the UE to indicate whether the UE enables the MPE-related functions, and the indication information may be 1-bit indication information. If the indication information is used to indicate that the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions, then the UE does not enable the MPE-related functions; The UE decides whether to enable MPE-related functions by itself. If the UE decides to enable the MPE function, it can further determine whether the MPE activation condition is satisfied. If the MPE activation condition is met, the UE enables the MPE related functions. If the MPE activation condition is not met, the UE does not enable the MPE function.
示例性的,当UE在检测到NHZ里有人时,该指示信息可以用于指示UE马上开启或不开启MPE相关的UL功率调节;可选地,该指示信息也可以是条件信息:比如,条件信息可以是一个时间T,用于指示当UE在检测到NHZ内有人时生成一个计时器,待计时器的值超过T的时候,就根据MPE要求调整UL功率。其中,如果计时器在没有超过T的时候,UE检测到NHZ内没有人了,该计时器便会重置。Exemplarily, when the UE detects that there are people in the NHZ, the indication information can be used to instruct the UE to enable or disable MPE-related UL power adjustment immediately; optionally, the indication information can also be condition information: for example, condition The information may be a time T, which is used to instruct the UE to generate a timer when detecting someone in the NHZ, and adjust the UL power according to the MPE requirement when the value of the timer exceeds T. Wherein, if the UE detects that there is no one in the NHZ before the timer exceeds T, the timer will be reset.
可选地,在步骤S620中,基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能时,还可以多加1bit信息让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。在某些情况下,例如链路条件较差时,或者UE与基站距离相距较远时,或者UE在传输一些需要保证高质量的信令或数据时,UE可以选择不开启MPE相关功能。因为在UE开启MPE相关功能后,很大可能会根据MPE的要求降低UL发射功率,可能会导致上述情况中信令或数据传输失败,或切换失败等问题发生。如果基站指示UE不开启MPE相关功能时,多加的1bit信息只能设置为不让UE自己决定是否要开启MPE相关功能。Optionally, in step S620, when the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related function, it may also add 1 bit of information to allow the UE to decide whether to enable the MPE-related function. In some cases, such as when the link condition is poor, or when the distance between the UE and the base station is relatively long, or when the UE transmits some signaling or data that needs to ensure high quality, the UE can choose not to enable MPE-related functions. Because after the UE enables MPE-related functions, it is likely to reduce the UL transmit power according to the requirements of the MPE, which may cause signaling or data transmission failures or handover failures in the above situations. If the base station instructs the UE not to enable the MPE-related functions, the additional 1-bit information can only be set to prevent the UE from deciding whether to enable the MPE-related functions.
作为示例而非限定,在UE从源基站切换到目标基站时,如果双方基站能力相同(都有能力指示UE的MPE的开关,或者都没有能力指示UE的MPE的开关),则目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息;如果源基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以保持源基站的指示信息,也可以自己决定指示信息的内容;如果源基站支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,而目标基站不支持指示UE的MPE相关功能,那么目标基站可以直接指示UE关闭MPE相关功能。As an example and not a limitation, when the UE is handed over from the source base station to the target base station, if both base stations have the same capabilities (both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch, or both have the ability to indicate the UE's MPE switch), the target base station can keep The indication information of the source base station; if the source base station does not support the MPE related function of indicating the UE, and the target base station supports the MPE related function of indicating the UE, then the target base station can keep the indication information of the source base station, and can also decide the content of the indication information by itself; if If the source base station supports indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, but the target base station does not support indicating the UE's MPE-related functions, then the target base station can directly instruct the UE to disable the MPE-related functions.
S1030,终端设备开启MPE相关功能。S1030, the terminal device enables an MPE-related function.
比如,UE发现NHZ有人或物体,根据MPE要求自主降低UL传输功率。For example, the UE detects people or objects in the NHZ, and autonomously reduces the UL transmission power according to the MPE requirements.
应理解,该步骤是建立在上述基站与UE都具有MPE相关功能的情况下,且基站指示UE开启MPE相关功能的情况下进行的。It should be understood that this step is performed under the assumption that both the base station and the UE have MPE-related functions, and the base station instructs the UE to enable the MPE-related functions.
可选地,UE具备自主决定是否开启MPE功能的能力,当UE决定开启MPE相关功能,且满足MPE开启条件的情况下,该步骤才能实现,进而调整UE UL功率。Optionally, the UE has the ability to independently decide whether to enable the MPE function. When the UE decides to enable MPE-related functions and meets the conditions for MPE activation, this step can be realized, and then the UE UL power can be adjusted.
需要说明的是,UE在接收来自基站的指示信息时,如果该指示信息指示UE不开启MPE相关功能,那么UE在下一次接收到MPE功能开启的指示信息之前是不会开启的。It should be noted that, when the UE receives the indication information from the base station, if the indication information indicates that the UE does not enable the MPE function, the UE will not enable it until it receives the indication information for enabling the MPE function next time.
S1040,终端设备检测到切换失败HOF或者UL失败导致的RLF。S1040, the terminal device detects RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure.
应理解,切换失败HOF或UL失败导致的RLF可能是因为UE要满足MPE的条件而降低了UL发射功率引起的;和/或HOF或RLF也可能是当时上行传输时链路质量太差引起的。It should be understood that the RLF caused by handover failure HOF or UL failure may be caused by reducing the UL transmit power because the UE needs to meet the MPE conditions; and/or HOF or RLF may also be caused by the poor link quality during uplink transmission at that time .
其中,针对切换失败HOF或者UL失败导致的RLF,UE有应对的策略,比如进行小区重选等。Among them, for the RLF caused by the handover failure HOF or UL failure, the UE has countermeasures, such as performing cell reselection.
S1050,终端设备不记录移动性报告。S1050, the terminal device does not record the mobility report.
可以在检测到UL问题导致的移动性问题时,先判断一下是否由于MPE原因导致了UE UL功率的下降,如果否的话就认为此次的移动性问题与MPE无关,可以记录移动性报告,如果是的话就UE就选择不记录移动性报告。UE不记录对应的移动性报告的情况有:When detecting the mobility problem caused by the UL problem, first judge whether the UE UL power drops due to the MPE. If not, it is considered that the mobility problem has nothing to do with the MPE, and the mobility report can be recorded. If If yes, the UE chooses not to record the mobility report. The cases where the UE does not record the corresponding mobility report include:
示例性的,在UE开启MEP功能后,若检测到UL失败问题导致的移动性问题时,可以先判断一下是否因为根据MPE要求调整UE UL发射功率,进而导致了UE UL发射功率的下降。如果否的话,就认为此次的移动性问题与MPE无关,UE可以记录移动性报告;如果是的话,就认为此次的移动性问题与MPE有关,UE可以不记录移动性报告。Exemplarily, after the UE enables the MEP function, if the mobility problem caused by the UL failure problem is detected, it can be judged first whether the UE UL transmit power has been adjusted according to the MPE requirements, thereby resulting in a decrease in the UE UL transmit power. If not, it is considered that the mobility problem is not related to the MPE, and the UE may record the mobility report; if yes, it is considered that the mobility problem is related to the MPE, and the UE may not record the mobility report.
其中,UE不记录对应的移动性报告的情况有:Among them, the UE does not record the corresponding mobility report:
(1)比如检测到HOF/或者UL失败导致的RLF,UE不记录RLF report;(1) For example, if the RLF caused by HOF/or UL failure is detected, the UE does not record the RLF report;
(2)比如检测到潜在失败问题,不记录successful HO report;(2) For example, if a potential failure problem is detected, the successful HO report is not recorded;
(3)比如检测到辅基站(second node,SN)相关移动性问题,不记录对应的SN移动性报告。(3) For example, if a mobility problem related to a secondary base station (second node, SN) is detected, the corresponding SN mobility report is not recorded.
可选地,本申请实施例也可以选择不去判断是否由于MPE原因导致了UE UL功率的下降,UE在MPE开启的期间不记录所有的移动性报告。那么,就完全不会发生网络设备配置不合理的移动性参数的情况。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may also choose not to judge whether the UL power of the UE is reduced due to the MPE, and the UE does not record all mobility reports during the period when the MPE is turned on. Then, it will never happen that the network device is configured with unreasonable mobility parameters.
应理解,由于没有记录移动性报告,所以终端设备需要与网络设备进行通信,才能检测HOF/RLF的问题是否还存在。UE有应对HOF或RLF失败的策略,比如进行小区重选 等,待UE与基站能够正常通信时才会发送移动性报告。It should be understood that since the mobility report is not recorded, the terminal device needs to communicate with the network device to detect whether the HOF/RLF problem still exists. The UE has a strategy to deal with HOF or RLF failure, such as cell reselection, etc., and the mobility report will not be sent until the UE and the base station can communicate normally.
综上所述,通过直接在MPE开启时不记录任何与MPE相关的移动性报告,就不会使网络设备因为MPE的原因而配置不合理的移动性参数。但是,如果HOF或RLF的发生主要是移动性问题或链路质量较差导致的,MPE的影响占了一部分原因,这部分MPE的原因在该实现方式中也被忽略。虽然完全避免了网络设备因为不合理地配置移动性参数,但是对于UE UL的准确传输有一定的影响。To sum up, by directly not recording any MPE-related mobility report when the MPE is turned on, the network device will not be configured with unreasonable mobility parameters due to the MPE. However, if the occurrence of HOF or RLF is mainly caused by mobility problems or poor link quality, the influence of MPE accounts for a part of the reason, and the reasons for this part of MPE are also ignored in this implementation. Although it completely avoids the unreasonable configuration of mobility parameters by network equipment, it has a certain impact on the accurate transmission of UE UL.
在本申请中,上述方法400/500/600/700/900/1000中,分别通过引入UE上报MPE信息的机制、引入UE在移动性报告中记录MPE信息的机制、引入UE上报PH信息的机制、以及引入UE不记录MPE相关的移动性报告的机制,保证UE根据MPE可以及时更新UE的UL配置,或者避免网络设备因为MPE造成的移动性问题而错误的调整移动性参数。In this application, in the
上文结合图4至图10,详细描述了本申请实施例提供的通信方法侧实施例,下面将结合图11和图12,详细描述本申请的装置侧实施例。方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The communication method-side embodiment provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 . The device-side embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 . The descriptions of the method embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the device embodiments. Therefore, for parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
图11是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的示意性框图。如图11所示,该通信设备1000可以包括处理单元1100和收发单元1200。Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communications device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200 .
可选地,该通信设备1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备,例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments, for example, may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) configured in the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,该处理单元1100用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该收发单元1200用于终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息是在第一功能开启后,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的。The transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send first information to a network device, and the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
另一种可能的实现方式,该处理单元1100用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该收发单元1200用于终端设备向网络设备发送第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息。The transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send a first mobility report to a network device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
应理解,该通信设备1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400/500/600/800/900中的终端设备,该通信设备1000可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信设备1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the
还应理解,该通信设备1000为终端设备时,该通信设备1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信设备2000中的收发器2020,该通信设备1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信设备2000中的处理器2010。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 , the communication device The processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the
还应理解,该通信设备1000为配置于终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信设备1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信设备1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip or a chip system configured in a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It can be realized by the integrated processor, microprocessor or integrated circuit on the chip or chip system.
可选地,该通信设备1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备,例如,可以为网 络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiments, for example, may be a network device, or a component configured in the network device (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
一种可能的实现方式,该收发单元1200用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息是在终端设备第一功能开启后,根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的,该第一功能用于根据MPE调整上行传输功率;In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on Yes, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE;
该处理单元1100用于网络设备根据该第一信息调整终端设备的配置。The processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
另一种可能的实现方式,该收发单元1200用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告,第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息,MPE功能开启信息是根据第一功能确定的,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information, and the MPE function enabling information is determined according to the first function, The first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该处理单元1100用于网络设备根据第一移动性报告配置第一移动性参数。The processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
应理解,该通信设备1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400/500/600/800/900中的网络设备,该通信设备1000可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000中网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信设备1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the
还应理解,该通信设备1000为网络设备时,该通信设备1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信设备2000中的收发器2020,该通信设备1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信设备2000中的处理器2010。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a network device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 , the communication device The processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the
还应理解,该通信设备1000为配置于网络设备中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信设备1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信设备1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip or a chip system configured in a network device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It can be realized by the integrated processor, microprocessor or integrated circuit on the chip or chip system.
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信设备2000的另一示意性框图。如图12所示,该通信设备2000包括处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030。其中,处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030通过内部连接通路互相通信,该存储器2030用于存储指令,该处理器2010用于执行该存储器2030存储的指令,以控制该收发器2020发送信号和/或接收信号。Fig. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the communication device 2000 includes a
应理解,该通信设备2000可以对应于上述方法实施例中的网络设备,并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备执行的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the communication device 2000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments, and may be configured to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式,该收发单元1200用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息是在终端设备第一功能开启后,根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的,该第一功能用于根据MPE调整上行传输功率;In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive first information from the terminal device, the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE after the first function of the terminal device is turned on Yes, the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the MPE;
该处理单元1100用于网络设备根据该第一信息调整终端设备的配置。The processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the first information.
另一种可能的实现方式,该收发单元1200用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一移动性报告,第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息,MPE功能开启信息是根据第一功能确定的,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive a first mobility report from the terminal device, the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information, and the MPE function enabling information is determined according to the first function, The first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该处理单元1100用于网络设备根据第一移动性报告配置第一移动性参数。The processing unit 1100 is used for the network device to configure the first mobility parameter according to the first mobility report.
可选地,该存储器2030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。存储器2030可以是一 个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器2010中。该处理器2010可以用于执行存储器2030中存储的指令,并且当该处理器2010执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器2010用于执行上述与网络设备或终端设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。Optionally, the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. The memory 2030 can be an independent device, or can be integrated in the
可选地,该通信设备2000是图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000提供的实施例中的网络设备。Optionally, the communication device 2000 is the
其中,收发器2020可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器2020还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020可以是集成在不同芯片上的器件。如,处理器2010和存储器2030可以集成在基带芯片中,收发器2020可以集成在射频芯片中。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020也可以是集成在同一个芯片上的器件。本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more. The
可选地,该通信设备2000是配置在网络设备中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。Optionally, the communication device 2000 is a component configured in a network device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
其中,收发器2020也可以是通信接口,如输入/输出接口、电路等。该收发器2020与处理器2010和存储器2020都可以集成在同一个芯片中,如集成在基带芯片中。Wherein, the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like. The transceiver 2020, the
应理解,该设备2000还可以对应于上述方法实施例中的终端设备(例如,UE),并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the device 2000 may also correspond to the terminal device (for example, UE) in the above method embodiments, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式,该处理单元1100用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该收发单元1200用于终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息是在第一功能开启后,根据MPE调整的上行传输功率确定的。The transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send first information to a network device, and the first information is determined according to the uplink transmission power adjusted by the MPE after the first function is enabled.
另一种可能的实现方式,该处理单元1100用于终端设备开启第一功能,该第一功能用于根据最大允许辐射量MPE调整上行传输功率;In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to enable the first function, and the first function is used to adjust the uplink transmission power according to the maximum allowable radiation amount MPE;
该收发单元1200用于终端设备向网络设备发送第一移动性报告,该第一移动性报告包括MPE功能开启信息。The transceiver unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send a first mobility report to a network device, where the first mobility report includes MPE function enabling information.
可选地,该存储器2030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。存储器2030可以是一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器2010中。该处理器2010可以用于执行存储器2030中存储的指令,并且当该处理器2010执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器2010用于执行上述与终端设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。Optionally, the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. The memory 2030 may be an independent device, or may be integrated in the
可选地,该通信设备2000是图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000提供的终端设备。Optionally, the communication device 2000 is the
其中,收发器2020可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器2020还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020可以是集成在不同芯片上的器件。如,处理器2010和存储器2030可以集成在基带芯片中,收发器2020可以集成在射频芯片中。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020也可以是集成在同一个芯片上的器件。本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more. The
可选地,该设备2000是配置在终端设备中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。Optionally, the device 2000 is a component configured in a terminal device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
其中,收发器2020也可以是通信接口,如输入/输出接口、电路等。该收发器2020与处理器2010和存储器2020都可以集成在同一个芯片中,如集成在基带芯片中。Wherein, the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like. The transceiver 2020, the
本申请还提供了一种处理装置,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得该处理装置执行上述任一方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法。The present application also provides a processing device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processing device executes the method performed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the above method embodiments. Methods.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the above processing device may be one or more chips. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (system on chip, SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller unit) , MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和通信接口。该通信接口与该处理器耦合。该通信接口用于输入和/或输出信息。该信息包括指令和数据中的至少一项。该处理器用于执行计算机程序,以使得该处理装置执行上述任一方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled with the processor. The communication interface is used for input and/or output of information. The information includes at least one of instructions and data. The processor is configured to execute a computer program, so that the processing device executes the method executed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从该存储器调用并运行该计算机程序,以使得该处理装置执行上述任一方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the processing device executes the method performed by the terminal device or the network device in any of the above method embodiments.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4或图5或图6或图7或图9或图10所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法或网络设备执行的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or The method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4或图5或图6或图7或图9或图10所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法或网络设备执行的方法。According to the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the program shown in Figure 4 or Figure 4. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 9 or the method performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个网络设备。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network equipment in each of the above device embodiments corresponds completely to the terminal equipment and the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) executes the receiving or receiving in the method embodiments In the sending step, other steps besides sending and receiving may be performed by a processing unit (processor). For the functions of the specific units, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments. Wherein, there may be one or more processors.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU), 该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or other arbitrary combinations. When implemented using software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products. The computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instruction or computer program is loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,该单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件 可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or can be Integrate into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器CPU、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, a terminal device or a network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as the central processing unit CPU, memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器EPROM、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“计算机可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or magnetic tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (CD), digital versatile disk (DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory EPROM, card, stick or key drives, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "computer-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (30)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202110774271.2A CN115604697A (en) | 2021-07-08 | 2021-07-08 | Communication method and communication device |
| CN202110774271.2 | 2021-07-08 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2023279824A1 true WO2023279824A1 (en) | 2023-01-12 |
Family
ID=84801211
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2022/090888 Ceased WO2023279824A1 (en) | 2021-07-08 | 2022-05-05 | Communication method and communication device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN115604697A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2023279824A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN121058306A (en) * | 2024-04-02 | 2025-12-02 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Communication methods, terminals, network equipment, communication systems, storage media, and computer program products |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020262859A1 (en) * | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods of rf compliance for terminal |
| WO2020259852A1 (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2020-12-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Signaling power exposure events |
| WO2021008710A1 (en) * | 2019-07-18 | 2021-01-21 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Power exposure reporting for wireless networks |
| CN112398603A (en) * | 2019-08-13 | 2021-02-23 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Beam scheduling method, apparatus, device and storage medium |
-
2021
- 2021-07-08 CN CN202110774271.2A patent/CN115604697A/en active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-05-05 WO PCT/CN2022/090888 patent/WO2023279824A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020262859A1 (en) * | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods of rf compliance for terminal |
| WO2020259852A1 (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2020-12-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Signaling power exposure events |
| WO2021008710A1 (en) * | 2019-07-18 | 2021-01-21 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Power exposure reporting for wireless networks |
| CN112398603A (en) * | 2019-08-13 | 2021-02-23 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Beam scheduling method, apparatus, device and storage medium |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "MPE impact on MRO", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2103553, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic; 20210412 - 20210420, 1 April 2021 (2021-04-01), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051992142 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN115604697A (en) | 2023-01-13 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| KR102650985B1 (en) | Beam indication method, device, and system | |
| CN110291751B (en) | Method and apparatus for associating carriers in a wireless communication network | |
| WO2018171759A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus | |
| WO2020222180A1 (en) | Enhancing timing advance validity in preconfigured uplink resource for wireless networks | |
| CN110800333B (en) | Method and apparatus for communication | |
| JP7408633B2 (en) | Signal transmission method, signal reception method and device | |
| EP3941150B1 (en) | Random access method, terminal device and network device | |
| CN109891970B (en) | Data transmission method, device and system in wireless network | |
| US12375897B2 (en) | Management of default data subscription (DDS) in multi-subscriber identity module devices | |
| KR20220062496A (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device | |
| WO2020056717A1 (en) | Method and device for associating resources, terminal, and network apparatus | |
| JP7413349B2 (en) | Random access method, data reception method and device, communication system | |
| CN112703802A (en) | Method and device for processing uplink coverage weakening, terminal and network equipment | |
| CN112640347B (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment | |
| WO2020248143A1 (en) | Power control method, terminal device and network device | |
| US20240015665A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data and a system | |
| US12143985B2 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
| US20250317824A1 (en) | Cell handover method, terminal device and network device | |
| CN115735385A (en) | Dynamic switching between power mode configurations | |
| US12349198B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting a system information request and system | |
| WO2023279824A1 (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
| US20240114581A1 (en) | Communication method and terminal device | |
| WO2025030481A1 (en) | Data receiving method and apparatus, and data sending method and apparatus | |
| WO2020010612A1 (en) | Beam failure recovery implementation method, apparatus, chip, and computer program | |
| WO2020051735A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal device, and network device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22836582 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22836582 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |